You are on page 1of 529

a l t e k

Re
SDK Diag Shell
RTL8690x

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e User Guide
(CONFIDENTIAL: Development Partners Only)

Rev. 0.0.1
30 Nov 2012

Realtek Semiconductor Corp.

No. 2, Innovation Road II, Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300, Taiwan

Tel.: +886-3-578-0211 Fax: +886-3-577-6047

www.realtek.com
PON Diag Shell
User Guide

COPYRIGHT
©2009-2010 Realtek Semiconductor Corp. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be
reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in
any form or by any means without the written permission of Realtek Semiconductor Corp.

TRADEMARKS
Realtek is a trademark of Realtek Semiconductor Corporation. Other names mentioned in this
document are trademarks/registered trademarks of their respective owners.

DISCLAIMER

a l t e k
Re
Realtek provides this document “as is”, without warranty of any kind, neither expressed nor implied,
including, but not limited to, the particular purpose. Realtek may make improvements and/or changes

E N T I A L
in this document or in the product described in this document at any time. This document could
include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors.

D
C O N F I
USING THIS DOCUMENT
This document is intended for use by the system engineer when integrating with Realtek Switch

c h n o o g y , I n c
Software SDK. Though every effort has been made to assure that this document is current and

l
e
accurate, more information may have become available subsequent to the production of this guide. In

for L o s o T
that event, please contact your Realtek representative for additional information that may help in the
development process.

REVISION HISTORY
Revision Release Date Summary

0.0.1 201211-30 Initial version for 8690x chip

SFU Product Page 2 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Table of Contents

Chapter 1 Introduction 16
1.1 Conventions 16
1.2 Argument Types 16
1.3 Command Help 17
Chapter 2
2.1.

a
Commands

l t e
VLAN commands k 18
18

Re
vlan init 18
vlan create 19
vlan destroy

E N T I A
vlan set vlan-table

D L 20
21

C O N F I vlan get vlan-table


vlan set entry
vlan get entry
23
24
26

c h n o l o g y , I n c
vlan set accept-frame-type 27

e
vlan get accept-frame-type 28

for L o s o T vlan set egress


vlan get egress
vlan set tag-mode
29
30
33
vlan get tag-mode 34
vlan set vlan-treat vid 35
vlan get vlan-treat vid 36
vlan set cfi-keep 37
vlan get cfi-keep 38
vlan set transparent 39
vlan get transparent 40
vlan set ingress-filter 41
vlan get ingress-filter 42
vlan set state 43
vlan get state 44
vlan set pvid 45
vlan get pvid 46
vlan set ext-pvid 47
vlan get ext-pvid 48
vlan set protocol-vlan 49

SFU Product Page 3 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get protocol-vlan 50


vlan set port-based-fid 51
vlan get port-based-fid 52
vlan set port-based-pri 53
vlan get port-based-pri 54
vlan set leaky 55
vlan get leaky 56
vlan set keep-format 57
vlan get kee-format 58
2.2.

a l t
svlan init
e
SVLAN commands
k 59
59

Re
svlan create 60
svlan destroy 61
svlan set entry

E N T
svlan get entry

D I A L 62
64

C O N F I svlan set svlan-table


svlan get svlan-table
svlan set port svid
65
67
68

c h n o l o g y ,
svlan get port svid

I n c 69

e
svlan set service-port 70

for L o s o T svlan get service-port


svlan set lookup-type
svlan get lookup-type
71
72
73
svlan set tpid 74
svlan get tpid 75
svlan set priority-source 76
svlan get priority-source 77
svlan set unmatch 78
svlan get unmatch 79
svlan set untag 80
svlan get untag 81
svlan set trap-priority 82
svlan get trap-priority 83
svlan set dei-keep state 84
svlan get dei-keep state 85
svlan set vlan-aggregation 86
svlan get vlan-aggregation 87
svlan add vlan-conversion 88
svlan del vlan-conversion 90

SFU Product Page 4 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get vlan-conversion 91


svlan set vlan-conversion sp2c unmatch-action 93
svlan get vlan-conversion sp2c unmatch-action 94
2.3. QoS commands 95
qos init 95
qos set priority-to-queue 96
qos get priority-to-queue 98
qos set remapping 99
qos get remapping 102

a l t e k
qos set priority-selector
qos get priority-selector
104
105

Re
qos get remarking dot1p 108
qos set remarking dscp 109

E N T A
qos get remarking dscp

I L
qos set scheduling algorithm

D
111
112

C O N F I qos get scheduling algorithm


qos set scheduling queue-weight
qos get scheduling queue-weight
113
114
115

c h n o l o g y , I
qos set avb remapping

n c 116

e
qos get avb remapping 118

for L o
2.4.

s o T l2-table commands
l2-table init
l2-table set aging-time
119
119
120
l2-table get aging-time 121
l2-table set limit-learning 122
l2-table get limit-learning 124
l2-table get learning-exceed 125
l2-table set src-port-egress-f ilter 126
l2-table get src-port-egress-filter 127
l2-table clear learning-exceed 128
l2-table set aging-out 129
l2-table get aging-out 130
l2-table add ip-mcast dip 131
l2-table get ip-mcast dip 133
l2-table del ip-mcast dip 134
l2-table add ip-mcast sip dip 135
l2-table get ip-mcast sip dip 137
l2-table del ip-mcast sip dip 138
l2-table add ip-mcast vid dip 139

SFU Product Page 5 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get ip-mcast vid dip 141


l2-table del ip-mcast vid dip 142
l2-table add mac-mcast filter-id 143
l2-table get mac-mcast filter-id 144
l2-table del mac-mcast filter-id 145
l2-table get mac-mcast vid 147
l2-table del mac-mcast vid 148
l2-table add mac-ucast vid 149
l2-table get mac-ucast vid 151

a l t e k
l2-table del mac-ucast vid
l2-table add mac-ucast filter-id
152
153

Re
l2-table get mac-ucast filter-id 155
l2-table del mac-ucast filter-id 156

E N T A
l2-table get entry

D L
l2-table set mac-ucast enhanced-filter-id

I
157
158

C O N F I l2-table del all


l2-table get next-entry
l2-table set link-down-flush
159
160
161

c h n o l o g y , I n c
l2-table get link-down-flush 162

e
l2-table set flush mac-ucast 163

for L o s o T l2-table get learning-count


l2-table set ip-mcast-mode
l2-table get ip-mcast-mode
164
165
166
l2-table set lookup-miss action 167
l2-table get lookup-miss action 169
l2-table set ip-mcast-data action 170
l2-table get ip-mcast-data action 171
l2-table set port-move action 172
l2-table get port-move action 173
l2-table set unknown-sa action 174
l2-table get unknown-sa action 175
l2-table set lookup-miss flood-ports 176
l2-table get lookup-miss flood-ports 177
l2-table set lookup-miss multicast trap-priority 178
l2-table get lookup-miss multicast trap-priority 179
l2-table set lookup-miss multicast reserved-flooding 180
l2-table get lookup-miss reserved-flooding 181
2.5. trap commands 182
trap init 182

SFU Product Page 6 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trap set cdp 183


trap get cdp 184
trap set csstp 185
trap get csstp 186
2.6. rma commands 187
rma set action 187
rma get action 188
rma set priority 189
rma get priority 190

2.7.

a l t
rma dump

e
igmp commands k 191
192

Re
igmp set action 192
igmp get action 193

E N T A L
igmp set igmp-mld checksum-error

I
igmp get igmp-mld checksum-error

D
194
195

C O N F I igmp set igmp-mld isolation-leaky


igmp get igmp-mld isolation-leaky
igmp set igmp-mld vlan-leaky
196
197
198

c h n o l o g y , I n c
igmp get igmp-mld vlan-leaky 199

e
igmp set ip-mcast-lookup-mode 200

for L o s o T igmp get ip-mcast-lookup-mode


igmp set ip-mcast-table
igmp get ip-mcast-table
201
202
203
2.8. Storm Control commands 204
storm-control set broadcast state 204
storm-control set boradcast 205
storm-control get boradcast 206
storm-control set multicast 207
storm-control get multicast 208
storm-control set unknown-multicast 209
storm-control get unknown-multicast 210
storm-control set unknown-unicast 211
storm-control get unknown-unicast 212
storm-control set arp-storm 213
storm-control get arp-storm 214
storm-control set dhcp-storm 215
storm-control get dhcp-storm 216
storm-control set igmp-mld-storm 217
storm-control get igmp-mld-storm 218

SFU Product Page 7 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control set bypass-packet 219


storm-control get bypass-packet 220
2.9. stp commands 221
stp init 221
stp set state 222
stp get state 223
2.10. Mirror commands 224
mirror init 224
mirror set mirroring 225

a l t
mirror dump

e k
mirror set egress-mode
226
227

Re
mirror get egress-mode 228
2.11. meter commands 229
meter init

E N T
meter set entry

D I A L 229
230

C O N F I meter get entry


meter get meter-exceed
meter reset meter-exceed
231
232
233

c h n o l o g y ,
meter set tick-token

I n c 234

e
meter get tick-token 235

for L o s
2.12.
o T meter set pon-tick-token
meter get pon-tick-token
bandwidth commands
236
237
238
bandwidth init 238
bandwidth set egress ifg 239
bandwidth get egress ifg 240
bandwidth set egress port 241
bandwidth get egress port 243
bandwidth set ingress port 244
bandwidth get ingress port 245
bandwidth set ingress ifg 246
bandwidth get ingress ifg 247
bandwidth set ingress bypass-packet 248
bandwidth get ingress bypass-packet 249
bandwidth set ingress flow-control 250
bandwidth get ingress flow-control 251
2.13. mib commands 252
mib init 252
mib dump counter 253

SFU Product Page 8 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib reset counter 256


mib dump statistic 257
mib reset statistic 258
mib set statistic mode 259
mib get statistic mode 260
mib set statistic type 261
mib get statistic type 262
mib get packet-debug-reason 263
mib set sync-mode 264

a l t e
mib get sync-mode
mib set reset-valuek 265
266

Re
mib get reset-value 267
mib set ctag-length 268

E N T A
mib get ctag-length

I
mib set count-mode

D L 269
270

C O N
2.14.
F I mib get count-mode
ACL commands
acl init
271
272
272
acl add entry

c h n o l o g y , I n c 273

e
acl del entry 274

for L o s o T acl get entry


acl show
acl clear
276
278
280
acl set rule 281
acl show rule 284
acl clear action 285
acl set action 287
acl show action 290
acl show template 291
acl clear template 292
acl set template 293
acl add template 295
acl get template 297
acl del template 298
acl set range-vid 299
acl get range-vid 300
acl set range-ip 301
acl get range-ip 303
acl set range-l4port 304

SFU Product Page 9 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get range-l4port 305


acl set range-length 306
acl get range-length 307
acl get reason 308
acl set mode 309
acl get mode 310
acl set state 311
acl get state 312
acl set permit 313

a l t e
acl get permit
field-selector set k 314
315

Re
f ield-selector get 316
2.15. PON Mac commands 317
pon init

E N T
pon set t-cont

D I A L 317
318

C O N F I pon get t-cont


pon add t-cont
pon del t-cont
320
322
323
pon set llid

c h n o l o g y , I n c 324

e
pon get llid 326

for L o s o T pon add llid


pon del llid
pon clear
328
329
330
pon reset 331
2.16. Classfication commands 332
classf init 332
classf clear 333
classf show 334
classf set rule 335
classf set downstream-action 338
classf set upstream-action 341
classf add entry 344
classf get entry 346
classf del entry 347
classf set operation 348
classf get operation 349
classf set cf-sel-port 350
classf get cf-sel-port 351
classf set upstream-unmatch-act 352

SFU Product Page 10 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf get upstream-unmatch-act 353


classf set permit-sel-range 354
classf get permit-sel-range 355
classf set remarking dscp 356
classf get remarking dscp 357
classf set range-ip 358
classf get range-ip 359
classf set range-l4port 360
classf get range-l4port 361

a l t e k
classf set us-1p-remark-prior
classf get us-1p-remark-prior
362
363

Re
2.17. GPON commands 364
gpon init 364
gpon deinitial

E N T I A
gpon set serial-number

D L 365
366

C O N F I gpon get serial-number


gpon set password
gpon get password
367
368
369
gpon activate

c h n o l o g y , I n c 370

e
gpon deactivate 371

for L o s o T gpon get onu-state


gpon get alarm-status
gpon set active-timer
372
373
374
gpon get active-timer 375
gpon set ds-laser 376
gpon set ds-phy 377
gpon set ds-ploam 378
gpon set ds-bwmap 379
gpon set ds-gem 380
gpon set ds-eth 381
gpon set ds-omci 382
gpon get ds parameters 383
gpon set us-laser 385
gpon set us-phy 386
gpon set us-ploam 387
gpon set us-dbr 388
gpon get us parameters 389
gpon add tcont alloc-id 390
gpon del tcont alloc-id 391

SFU Product Page 11 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get tcont alloc-id 392


gpon show tcont 393
gpon add ds-flow flow-id 394
gpon del ds-flow flow-id 395
gpon get ds-flow flow-id 396
gpon show ds-flow 397
gpon add us-flow flow-id 398
gpon del us-flow flow-id 399
gpon get us-flow flow-id 400

a l t e
gpon show us-flow
k
gpon add multicast-filter-entry
401
402

Re
gpon del multicast-filter-entry 403
gpon get multicast-f ilter-entry 404

E N T A L
gpon show multicast-filter-entry

I
gpon set multicast-filter

D
405
406

C O N F I gpon get multicast-f ilter


gpon set tx
gpon get tx
408
409
410

c h n o l o g y , I n
gpon show counter global

c 411

e
gpon show counter tcont 413

for L o s o T gpon show counter flow


gpon omci_tx
gpon set auto-tcont
414
415
416
gpon get auto-tcont 417
gpon set auto-boh 418
gpon get auto-boh 419
gpon set eqd-offset 420
gpon get eqd-offset 421
gpon set debug 422
2.18. Switch commands 423
switch init 423
switch set 48-pass-1 424
switch get 48-pass-1 425
switch set ipg-compensation 426
switch get ipg-compensation 427
switch set bypass-tx-crc 428
switch get bypass-tx-crc 429
switch set rx-check-crc 430
switch get rx-check-crc 431

SFU Product Page 12 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set mac-address 432


switch get mac-address 433
switch set max-pkt-len 434
switch get max-pkt-len 435
switch set limit-pause 436
switch get limit-pause 437
switch set small-ipg-tag 438
switch get small-ipg-tag 439
switch set small-pkt 440

a l t e k
switch get small-pkt
switch set output-drop
441
442

Re
switch get output-drop 443
switch set back-pressure 444

E N
switch reset

D T A L
switch get back-pressure

I
445
446

C O N
2.19.

F I Dot1x commands
dot1x init
dot1x set port-based
447
447
448

c h n o l o g y ,
dot1x get port-based

I n c 449

e
dot1x set mac-based 450

for L o s o T dot1x get mac-based


dot1x set trap-priority
dot1x get trap-priority
451
452
453
dot1x set unauth-packet 454
dot1x get unauth-packet 455
dot1x set guest-vlan 456
dot1x get guest-vlan 457
2.20. Trunk commands 458
trunk init 458
trunk set distribute-algorithm 459
trunk get distribute-algorithm 460
trunk set flood-mode 461
trunk get flood-mode 462
trunk set flow-control 463
trunk get flow-control 464
trunk set hash-mapping 465
trunk get hash-mapping 466
trunk set member-port 467
trunk get member-port 468

SFU Product Page 13 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk set mode 469


trunk get mode 470
trunk get queue-empty 471
2.21. Auto Fallback commands 472
auto-fallback set port 472
auto-fallback get port 473
auto-fallback set error-count 475
auto-fallback get error-count 476
auto-fallback set monitor-count 477

a l t e k
auto-fallback get monitor-count
auto-fallback set ignore-timeout
478
479

Re
auto-fallback get ignore-timeout 480
auto-fallback set reduce-power-level 481

E N T A L
auto-fallback get reduce-power-level

I
auto-fallback set timer

D
482
483

C O N
2.22.
F I auto-fallback get timer
OAM commands
oam init
484
485
485
oam set state

c h n o l o g y , I n c 486

e
oam get state 487

for L o s o T oam set multiplexer


oam get multiplexer
oam set parser
488
489
490
oam get parser 491
oam set trap-priority 492
oam get trap-priority 493
2.23. Loop commands 494
rldp init 494
rldp get state 496
rldp get status 497
rldp clear status 498
rldp set magic 499
rldp get magic 500
rldp get identif ier 501
rldp set compare-typ 502
rldp get compare-typ 503
rldp set period 504
rldp get period 505
rldp set number 506

SFU Product Page 14 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get number 507


rldp set control-state 508
rldp get control-state 509
rldp get looped-port-id 510
rldp set re-generate-identifier 511
rldp set handle 512
rldp get handle 513
rldp set mode 514
rldp get mode 515

a l t e k
rldp set bypass-flow-control
rldp get bypass-flow-control
516
517

Re
rlpp set trap 518
rlpp get trap 519

E N T
interrupt init

D A
Interrupt commands

I L 520
520

C O N F I interrupt set mask


interrupt get mask
interrupt get status
521
522
523

c h n o l o g y , I
interrupt clear status

n c 524

e
interrupt get status detail 525

for L o s o T interrupt clear status detail


interrupt set polarity
interrupt get polarity
526
527
528

SFU Product Page 15 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Chapter 1 Introduction
This document provides a summary of the commands supported on the
REALTEK SDK diag shell Command Line Interface(CLI). The document
is divided into two sections. Section 1 describes the convention,
argument types, privileges and command modes, command help, and
command line editing. Section 2 gives a brief usage and description
of all commands included in the diag shell.

a l t
Conventions e k
Re
1.1

The following conventions are used in the command syntax throughout


this document:

D E N T I A L
I
¾ Vertical bars ( | ) separate alternative, mutually exclusive

C O
¾
N F
arguments.
Square brackets ( [ ] ) indicate optional elements.

c
¾

n
Braces ( < > ) indicate a required choice.
¾

o l o g y , I
Braces within square brackets ( [< >] ) indicate required choices

T e c h n
o
within optional elements.

for L
¾
¾ o s
Bold indicates commands and keywords.
Italics indicate user variables.

1.2 Argument Types

The following argument types are recognized by the CLI and are used
in the command syntax throughout this document:
¾ MACADDR – MAC address.
Example: 00:3B:51:A9:CC:07.
¾ PORT_LIST – Port list, separated by “,” or “-”.
Example: 1-3,6,8.
¾ MASK_LIST – mask list, separated by “,” or “-”.
Example: 1-3,6,8.
¾ IPV4ADDR – IPv4 address.
Example: 192.168.1.100.
¾ IPV6ADDR – IPv6 address.
Example:101:234:689:ACD:151:03B:1A9:C07.
¾ UINT – unsigned integer.
Example: 123.
SFU Product Page 16 / 529 Rev. 0.01
PON Diag Shell
User Guide

1.3 Command Help

You may enter ? at any command mode, and the CLI will return possible
commands at that point, along with some description of the keywords:

RTK.0> vlan ?
create - create VLAN
destroy - destroy VLAN
set - Set configuration

a l t
get - get configuration
e k
Re You may use the <Tab> key to do keyword auto completion:

D E N
RTK.0> vlan set p<Tab>

T I A L
C O N F I
pvid - config port based vid
protocol-vlan – protocol

h n o l o g y , I n c
You do not need to type in the entire commands; you only need to
type in enough characters for the CLI to recognize the command as

c
o s
unique.

for L o T e

SFU Product Page 17 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Chapter 2 Commands
2.1. VLAN commands

vlan init
Description:

k
This command is used to initialize & reset VLAN module. By using

l t e
this command, the following configuration will be appilied.

a
Re
All VLAN will be deleted.
VLAN 1 will be created and all ports are untagged member.
The PVID of all ports are 1.

D E N T I A L
I
Syntax:

C O N F
vlan init

n c
Parameter:
None

T e c h n o l o g y , I
for L o s o
Examples:
This example shows how to initialize VLAN.

RTK.0> vlan init

SFU Product Page 18 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan create
Description:
Create a new VLAN

Syntax:
vlan create vlan-table vid vid

Parameter:
vid – specify the numeric VLAN identifier

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to create a new VLAN which ID is 100:

D E N T I A L
RTK.0> vlan create vlan-table vid 100

C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 19 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan destroy
Description:
Destroy a VLAN

Syntax:
vlan destroy vlan-table vid vid
vlan destroy vlan-table all [restore-default-vlan]
vlan destroy vlan-table all untag
vlan destroy entry all
vlan

a
destroy

l t e k
entry index

Re
Parameter:
vid – specify the numeric VLAN identifier
vlan-table
all

D E N T I A L
– vlan table
- all vlan

C O Nlan
F
Untag
I
restore-default-v – destroy all
default VLAN
- all port to
VLAN identifier except for

untag member
index

c h n o l o g y , I n c
- vlan member configuration index

e
entry - vlan member configuration

for L o s o T
Examples:
This example shows how to destroy VLAN 100:

RTK.0> vlan destroy vlan-table vid 100

SFU Product Page 20 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set vlan-table


Description:
This command can configure the 4k vlan entry.

Syntax:
vlan set vlan-table vid vid member <PORT_LIST: ports | all |
none>
vlan set vlan-table vid vid tag-member <PORT_LIST: ports | all
| none>

t e k
vlan set vlan-table vid vid untag-member <PORT_LIST: ports | all
| none>

a l
Re
vlan set vlan-table vid vid ext-member <PORT_LIST: ext | all |
none>

E N T I A L
vlan set vlan-table vid vid fid-msti fid_msti
vlan set vlan-table vid vid hash-mode <ivl | svl>

D
C O N F I
vlan set vlan-table vid vid vlan-based-policing state <disable
| enable>
vlan set vlan-table vid vid meter meter

g y , I n c
vlan set vlan-table vid vid vlan-based-priority state <disable

c h n o l o
e
| enable>

for L o s o T
vlan set vlan-table vid vid vlan-based-priority priority
priority

Parameter:
vid – specify the numeric VLAN identifier
ports - specified port list
all - specify all ports
none - specify no port
member - member configuration
tag-member - tagging member configuration
untag-member - untag set configuration
ext - extention member ports
fid_msti - the filter-id or msti for this vlan
ivl - specify the hash key for this vlan lookup
is using VID
svl - specify the hash key for this vlan lookup
is using MSTI/FID
disable - disable
enable - enable

SFU Product Page 21 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

meter - specify the meter index


priority – specify the priority value for this vlan

Examples:
This example shows how to congigurate the VLAN which ID is 100:
Add port 0,1,2 to vlan 100
Assign port 0,1 to tag member
Enable vlan based priority and set priority to 6
Enable vlan based policing and set meter index to 10

a
RTK.0>
l
vlan
t e k
create vlan-table vid 100

Re
RTK.0> vlan set vlan-table vid 100
RTK.0> vlan set vlan-table vid 100 member 0-2
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

D
vlan

E N T I A L
set vlan-table vid 100 tag-member 0-1
vlan set vlan-table vid 100 vlan-based-priority state

C O N F I
enable
RTK.0>
6
vlan set vlan-table vid 100 vlan-based-priority priority

RTK.0>

c g y , I n c
vlan set vlan-table vid 100 vlan-based-policing state

h n o l o
e
enable

for L o s o T
RTK.0> vlan set vlan-table vid 100 meter 10

SFU Product Page 22 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get vlan-table


Description:
Show VLAN table configuration of a specific vid

Syntax:
vlan get vlan-table vid vid

Parameter:
vid – specify the numeric VLAN identifier

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get the VLAN table configuration of
vid 100:

E N T I A L
RTK.0> vlan get vlan-table vid 100

D
C O N F I
Vid:100
Hash Policing Meter VlanPriEn Priority FID
SVL En 10 En 6 0
member port

c h n o l o g y ,
: 0-2

I n c
e
tag member port : 0-1

for L o s o T
extention member port: none

SFU Product Page 23 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set entry


Description:
This command can configure the 32 vlan member configuration.

Syntax:
vlan set entry index enhanced-vid vid
vlan set entry index member <PORT_LIST: ports | all | none>
vlan set entry index ext-member <PORT_LIST: ext | all | none>
vlan set entry index fid-msti fid_msti
vlan
vlan

a
set
set
l t
entry
entry
e index
indexk hash-mode <ivl | svl>
vlan-based-policing state <disable |

Re
enable>
vlan set entry index meter meter
vlan
enable>

D E N T I A L
set ventry index vlan-based-priority state <disable |

C O N F
vlan
I
Parameter:
set entry index vlan-based-priority priority priority

vid

c h n o l o g y , I n c
– specify the numeric VLAN identifier

e
enhanced-vid - enhanced VLAN id

for L o s o
index
ports
all
T - vlan member configuration index
- the vlan member or tag member ports
- specify all ports
none - specify no port
ext - extention member ports
fid_msti - the filter-id or msti for this vlan
ivl - specify the hash key for this vlan lookup
is using VID
svl - specify the hash key for this vlan lookup
is using MSTI/FID
disable - disable
enable - enable
meter - specify the meter index for this vlan based
policing
priority – specify the priority value for this vlan

Examples:
This example shows how to congigurate VLAN member configuration
index 0 which ID is 100:

SFU Product Page 24 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Add port 0,1,2 to vlan 100


Enable vlan based priority and set priority to 6
Enable vlan based policing and set meter index to 10

RTK.0> vlan set entry 0 enhanced-vid 100


RTK.0> vlan set entry 0 member 0-2
RTK.0> vlan set entry 0 vlan-based-priority state enable
RTK.0> vlan set entry 0 vlan-based-priority priority 6
RTK.0> vlan set entry 0 vlan-based-policing state enable
RTK.0>

a
vlan

l t e
set
k
entry 0 meter 10

Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 25 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get entry


Description:
Show VLAN member configuration of a specific index

Syntax:
vlan get entry index

Parameter:
index - vlan member configuration index

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
Show VLAN member configuration index 0:

vlan id:0

D E N T I
RTK.0> vlan get entry 0

A L
C O N F I
Evid PlyEn MtrIdx PriEn pri Fid
100 En
member port
10 En
: 0-2
6 0

g y ,
extention member port: 0-5

c h n o l o I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 26 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set accept-frame-type


Description:
Configure accepted frame type for ingress frame per port

Syntax:
vlan set accept-frame-type port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> <all |
tag-only | untag-only | priority-tag-and-tag>

Parameter:
ports

a l t e k
– specify the port list for apply this

Re
setting
all - specify all ports
all
tag-only

D E N T I A L
- accept all type frame
- accept tag only frame

C O N F I
untag-only
priority-tag-and-
tag
- accept untag only frame
- accept priority tag and 1q-tag frame

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Examples:

for L o s o T
This example shows how to accept all untag frame only for port
1 to 3:

RTK.0> vlan set accept-frame-type port 1-3 untag-only

SFU Product Page 27 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get accept-frame-type


Description:
Show accepted frame type for each port

Syntax:
vlan get accept-frame-type port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

Parameter:
ports – specify the port list for apply this

all

a l t e k
setting
- specify all ports

Re Examples:

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to get accept frame types for all ports

C O N F I
RTK.0> vlan get accept-frame-type port 0-6
Port Accept Frame Type
0 all
1 untagged-only

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
2 untagged-only

for L o s
3
4
5
o Tuntagged-only
all
all
6 all

SFU Product Page 28 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set egress


Description:
Show per egress port setting for VLAN mode real keep reference
by ingress port

Syntax:
vlan set egress port <PORT_LIST:egr_ports | all> keep-tag
ingress-port <PORT_LIST:igr_ports | all> state <enable | disable>

Parameter:

a
egr_ports
l t e k
– specify egress port list for apply this

Re
setting
all – specify all ports
igr_ports

D E N T I A
setting
L
– The ingress port list to apply egress-keep

C O N F I
keep-tag
state
disable
- keeping tag
- state configuration
- disable configuration
enable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
- enable configuration

for L o s o T
Examples:
e
This example shows how to enable the egress keep for port 1 the
ingress packet is from port 2-5:

RTK.0> vlan set egress port 1 keep-tag ingress-port 2-5 state


enable

SFU Product Page 29 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get egress


Description:
Show per egress port setting for VLAN mode real keep reference
by ingress port

Syntax:
vlan get egress port <PORT_LIST:egr_ports | all> keep-tag
ingress-port <PORT_LIST:igr_ports | all> state

Parameter:

a
egr_ports
l t e k
– specify egress port list for apply this

Re
setting
all – specify all ports
igr_ports

D E N T I A
setting
L
– The ingress port list to apply egress-keep

C O N F I
keep-tag
state
- keeping tag
- state configuration

Examples:

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
This example shows how to get the egress keep setting for port

for L o1

s o T
RTK.0> vlan get egress port 1 keep-tag ingress-port 0-6 state
Port P0 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6
1 Disable Disable Enable Enable Enable Enable Disable

SFU Product Page 30 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set ingress-filter


Description:
Configure per-port VLAN ingress check.

Syntax:
vlan set ingress-filter port <PORT_LIST:igr_ports | all> state
<enable | disable>

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e-
– k
specified port list
specify all ports

Re
enable - enable the vlan ingress filter function
disable - disable the vlan ingress filter function

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to enable the ingress filter for port 1

RTK.0> vlan set ingress-filter port 1 state enable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 31 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get ingress-filter


Description:
Show per port ingress filter setting

Syntax:
vlan get ingress-filter port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all

a l t e k
– specify all ports

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get the ingress filter setting for port
0-6:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> vlan get ingress-filter port 0-6 state
Port Ingress-filter
0 Enable
1 Enable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
2 Enable

for L o s
3
4
5
o TEnable
Enable
Enable
6 Enable

SFU Product Page 32 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set tag-mode


Description:
Configure egress port vlan tag mode.

Syntax:
vlan set tag-mode port <PORT_LIST: ports | all> <original |
keep-format | priority-tag>

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e k
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Re
original - Original mode. Output frame will follow
VLAN untag setting
keep-format

D E N T I A L
- Keep format mode. Output frame will keep
VLAN original format.(If packet not

C O N F I
priority-tag
modified asic will not re-caculate CRC)
- Priority tag mode. Output frame will be
priority tag.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Examples:

for L o s o T
This example shows how to set egress tag mode for port 1 set to
priority tag mode. Set port 3 to keep-format mode.

RTK.0> vlan set tag-mode port 1 priority-tag


RTK.0> vlan set tag-mode port 3 keep-format

SFU Product Page 33 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get tag-mode


Description:
Get per port egress tag mode.

Syntax:
vlan get tag-mode port <PORT_LIST: ports | all>

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all

a l t e k
– specify all ports

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get the egress tag mode for port 1-5

E N T I A L
RTK.0> vlan get tag-mode port 1-5

D
C O N 1
2
F I
Port Mode
priority-tag
original
3 keep-format

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
4 original

for L o s
5
o Toriginal

SFU Product Page 34 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set vlan-treat vid


Description:
Configure ingress packet with special vlan VID(0 and 4095) that
will be treat as tagging pacet or un-tagging packet.

Syntax:
vlan set vlan-treat vid <0 | 4095> type <tagging | un-tagging>

Parameter:
0
4095

a l t e–
– k
specify the ingress packet with vid 0
specify the ingress packet with vid 4095

Re
type - vlan treat type
tagging - packet will be treat as tagging frame
un-tagging

D E N T
-

I A L
packet will be treat as un-tagging frame

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to set ingress packet with vid 0 will be

g y , I n c
treat as tagging packet and packet with vid 4095 will be treat

c h n o l o
e
as un-tagging packet.

for L o s o T
RTK.0> vlan set vlan-treat vid 0 type tagging
RTK.0> vlan set vlan-treat vid 4095 type un-tagging

SFU Product Page 35 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get vlan-treat vid


Description:
Get the setting of ingress packet with special vlan VID(0 and
4095) that will be treat as tagging pacet or un-tagging packet.

Syntax:
vlan get vlan-treat vid <0 | 4095> type

Parameter:
0
4095

a l t e k
– specify the ingress packet with vid 0
– specify the ingress packet with vid 4095

Re
type - vlan treat type

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get ingress packet with vid 0 and 4095

D
C O N F I
will be treat as tagging packet or un-tagging packet.

RTK.0> vlan get vlan-treat vid 0


vlan 0 treat Tagging

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> vlan get vlan-treat vid 4095

for L o s o T
vlan 4095 treat Untagging

SFU Product Page 36 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set cfi-keep


Description:
Configure egress CFI value will keep ingress packet CFI value
or set CFI to 0.

Syntax:
vlan set cfi-keep <cfi-to-0 | keep-cfi>

Parameter:
cfi-to-0

a
keep-cfi
l t e k
– egress packet cfi always set to 0
– keep ingress tag cfi value to egress tag

Re Examples:

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to set egress packet CFI always be 0.

C O N F I
RTK.0> vlan set cfi-keep cfi-to-0

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 37 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get cfi-keep


Description:
Get egress CFI keep mode.

Syntax:
vlan get cfi-keep

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get egress CFI mode.

E N
cfi-keep :Disable

D T I A
RTK.0> vlan get cfi-keep

L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 38 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set transparent


Description:
Set vlan transparent mode. When transparent enable it will
discard the “vlan set egress-keep port” setting.

Syntax:
vlan set transparent state <enable | disable>

Parameter:
state

a
disable
l t e k
- state configuration
- disable configuration

Re
enable - enable configuration

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to enable vlan transparent.

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> vlan set transparent state enable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 39 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get transparent


Description:
Get vlan transparent mode.

Syntax:
vlan get transparent state

Parameter:
state - state configuration

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get vlan transparent state.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> vlan get transparent state
vlan transparent state: Enable

D
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 40 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set ingress-filter


Description:
Set per port vlan ingress filter state.

Syntax:
vlan set ingress-filter port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state
<enable | disable>

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e-
– k
specified port list
specify all ports

Re
state - state configuration
disable - disable configuration
enable

D E N T
-

I A L
enable configuration

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to enable vlan ingress-filter for port
1-3.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> vlan set ingress-filter port 1-3 state enable

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 41 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get ingress-filter


Description:
Get per port vlan ingress filter state.

Syntax:
vlan get ingress-filter port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state

Parameter:
ports – The port list
all

a
state
l t e k
– specify all ports
- state configuration

Re Examples:

0-6.

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to get vlan ingress-filter state for port

C O N F I
RTK.0> vlan get ingress-filter port 0-6 state
Port Ingress-filter
0 Enable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
1 Enable

for L o s
2
3
4
o TEnable
Enable
Enable
5 Enable
6 Enable

SFU Product Page 42 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set state


Description:
Set system vlan filter state.

Syntax:
vlan set state <enable | disable>

Parameter:
disable - disable configuration
enable

a l t e k
- enable configuration

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get system vlan filter state.

E N T I A
RTK.0> vlan set state enable

D L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 43 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get state


Description:
Get system vlan filter state.

Syntax:
vlan get state

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get system vlan filter state.

RTK.0> vlan get state

E N
vlan state: Enable

D T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 44 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set pvid


Description:
Set port based VID. The index is index to vlan member
configuration table.

Syntax:
vlan set pvid port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> vid
vlan set pvid port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> vlan-index index

Parameter:
ports

a l t e- k
specified port list

Re
all – specify all ports
index - vlan member configuration index
vlan-idex
vid

D E N T
-

I A L
vlan member configuration
– specify the numeric VLAN identifier

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to set port 5 port-base vlan to vlan 100.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> vlan set pvid port 5 100

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 45 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get pvid


Description:
Get port based VID. The index is index to vlan member
configuration table.

Syntax:
vlan get pvid port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>
vlan get pvid port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> vlan-index

Parameter:
ports

a l t e k
- specified port list

Re
all – specify all ports
vlan-idex - vlan member configuration

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to get port 5 port-base vlan setting.

RTK.0> vlan get pvid port 5

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Port 5 PVID: 100

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 46 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set ext-pvid


Description:
Set port based VID for extention ports. The index is index to
vlan member configuration table.

Syntax:
vlan set ext-pvid port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> vid
vlan set ext-pvid port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> vlan-index index

Parameter:
ports

a l t e- k
specified port list

Re
all – specify all ports
index - vlan member configuration index
vlan-idex
vid

D E N T
-

I A L
vlan member configuration
– specify the numeric VLAN identifier

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to set extention port 3 port-base vlan
to vlan 100.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e
RTK.0> vlan set ext-pvid port 3 100

SFU Product Page 47 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get ext-pvid


Description:
Get port based VID for extention ports. The index is index to
vlan member configuration table.

Syntax:
vlan get ext-pvid port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>
vlan get ext-pvid port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> vlan-index

Parameter:
ports

a l t e k
- specified port list

Re
all – specify all ports
vlan-idex - vlan member configuration

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to get extension port 3 port-base vlan
setting.

g y , I n c
RTK.0> vlan get ext-pvid port 3

c h n o l o
for L o s o T e
EXT Port 3 PVID: 100

SFU Product Page 48 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set protocol-vlan


Description:
Set protocol base vlan, for protocol group.

Syntax:
vlan set protocol-vlan group index frame-type <ethernet | snap
| llc-other> frame_type
vlan set protocol-vlan port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> group index
vid vid priority priority

t e k
vlan set protocol-vlan port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> group index

a l
state <enable | disable>

Re Parameter:
index
ports

D E N T I A L
– index to protocol vlan group
- specified port list

C O N
all

F I
ethernet
snap
– specify all ports
– specify protocol of this entry is ethernet
– specify protocol of this entry is snap
llc-other

c h n o l o g y , I n c
– specify protocol of this entry is

e
llc-other

for L o s o T
frame_type
vid
priority
- frame type value (example 0x8899)
– specify the numeric VLAN identifier
- priority configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to set protocol vlan group 0 the protocol
is ehternet and the ether type of 8899.

RTK.0> vlan set protocol-vlan group 0 frame-type ethernet 0x8899

SFU Product Page 49 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get protocol-vlan


Description:
Get protocol base vlan setting.

Syntax:
vlan get protocol-vlan group index
vlan get protocol-vlan port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

Parameter:
index
ports

a l t e k
– index to protocol vlan group
- specified port list

Re
all – specify all ports

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get protocol vlan for group 0.

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> vlan get protocol-vlan group 0
Group FRAME-TYPE ETHER-TYPE
0 Ethernet

c h n o l o g y ,
0x8899

I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 50 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set port-based-fid


Description:
This command set per port based filter-id.

Syntax:
vlan set port-based-fid port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> filter-id
fid
vlan set port-based-fid port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state
<enable | disable>

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
ports - specified port list
all – specify all ports
state
disable

D E N T I A L
- state configuration
- disable configuration

C O N F I
enable
fid
- enable configuration
- filter-id

Examples:

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
This example shows how to set port 1 filter-id to 6.

for L o s o T
RTK.0> vlan set port-based-fid port 1 filter-id 6
RTK.0> vlan set port-based-fid port 1 state enable

SFU Product Page 51 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get port-based-fid


Description:
This command get per port based filter-id.

Syntax:
vlan get port-based-fid port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all

a l t e k
– specify all ports

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get port 1 filter-id setting.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> vlan get port-based-fid port 1

D
C O N 1
F I
Port FID State
6 Enable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 52 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set port-based-pri


Description:
This command set port based priority.

Syntax:
vlan set port-based-pri port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> priority
priority

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e k
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Re
priority - priority configuration

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to set port 1 priority to 6.

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> vlan set port-based-pri port 1 priority 6

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 53 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get port-based-pri


Description:
This command canget port based priority.

Syntax:
vlan get port-based-pri port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all

a l t e k
– specify all ports

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get port 1 priority setting.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> vlan get port-based-pri port 1

D
C O N F I
Port 1 VLAN based priority: 6

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 54 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set leaky


Description:
This command set VLAN leaky function

Syntax:
vlan set leaky ip-mcast port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state
<enable | disable>
vlan set leaky <cdp | csstp> state <enable | disable>
vlan set leaky rma rma_tail state <enable | disable>

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
ip-mcast – ip mulitcast
ports - specified port list
all
state

D E N T -
I A L
– specify all ports
state configuration

C O N F I
disable
enable
cdp
-
-

disable configuration
enable configuration
cisco Discovery Protocol
csstp

c h n o l o g

y , I n c
cisco Shared Spanning Tree Protocol

e
rma - reserved multicast address

for L o s o T
rma_tail

Examples:
- tail of RMA MAC address

This example shows how to enable CSSTP VLAN leaky function.

RTK.0> vlan set leaky csstp state enable


RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 55 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get leaky


Description:
This command get VLAN leaky function.

Syntax:
vlan get leaky ip-mcast port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state
vlan get leaky <cdp | csstp> state
vlan get leaky rma rma_tail state

Parameter:

a
ip-mcast
l t e– k
ip mulitcast

Re
ports - specified port list
all – specify all ports
state
disable

D E N T
-
-
I A L
state configuration
disable configuration

C O Ncdp
F
csstp
I
enable -


enable configuration
Cisco Discovery Protocol
Cisco Shared Spanning Tree Protocol
rma

c h n o l o
-

g y , I n c
reserved multicast address

e
rma_tail - tail of RMA MAC address

for L o s o T
Examples:
This example shows how to get CSSTP VLAN leaky function state.

RTK.0> vlan get leaky csstp state

Leaky state of Shared Spanning Tree Protocol: Enable


RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 56 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set keep-format


Description:
This command set VLAN keep format function. If this feature is
enabled on specified type of frame, these frame will keep it VLAN
tag format regardless of VLAN untag setting.

Syntax:
vlan set keep-format <cdp | sstp> state <enable | disable>
vlan set keep-format rma rma_tail state <enable | disable>

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
state - state configuration
disable - disable configuration
enable
cdp

D E N T–
I A L
- enable configuration
cisco Discovery Protocol

C O Nrma
F
sstp
I
rma_tail

-
-
cisco Shared Spanning Tree Protocol
reserved multicast address
tail of RMA MAC address

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Examples:

for L o s o T
This example shows how to set CDP & SSTP keep-format function
to enabled.

RTK.0> vlan set keep-format cdp state enable


RTK.0> vlan set keep-format sstp state enable

SFU Product Page 57 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get kee-format


Description:
This command get VLAN keep format function.

Syntax:
vlan get keep-format <cdp | sstp> state
vlan get keep-format rma rma_tail state

Parameter:
state
cdp

a l t e-
– k
state configuration
Cisco Discovery Protocol

Re
sstp – Cisco Shared Spanning Tree Protocol
rma - reserved multicast address
rma_tail

D E N T
-

I A L
tail of RMA MAC address

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to get CDP & SSTP keep-format function.

g y , I n c
RTK.0> vlan get keep-format cdp

c h n o l o
for L o s o T e
VLAN Keep format state of Cisco Discovery Protocol: Enable
RTK.0> vlan get keep-format sstp

VLAN Keep format state of Shared Spanning Tree Protocol: Enable

SFU Product Page 58 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.2. SVLAN commands

svlan init
Description:
This command can initial svlan module, set svlan related
configurations to default, and clear all svlan tables. Only

k
after executing this command, other svlan commands can be

l t e
executed and will not return FAILED.

a
Re Syntax:
svlan init

D E N T I A L
I
Parameter:

C O N F
None

n c
Examples:

T e c h o l o g y , I
This example shows how to initial svlan funtions and enable to

n
o
execute other related svlan commands.

for L o s
RTK.0> svlan init
RTK.0> svlan get service-port
Server Ports: none
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 59 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan create
Description:
This command can create a new svlan. After svlan is created,
svlan member and other properties can be set.

Syntax:
svlan create svlan-table svid svid

Parameter:
svid

a l t e k
– specify the numeric SVLAN identifier

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to create a new svlan which svid is 100.

E N
RTK.0> svlan init

D T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> svlan create svlan-table svid 100
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 60 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan destroy
Description:
This command can destroy a svlan or all created svlan.

Syntax:
svlan destroy svlan-table svid svid
svlan destroy svlan-table all

Parameter:
svid

a
svlan-table
l t e k
– specify the numeric SVLAN identifier
– svlan table

Re
all - All vlan

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to destroy svid 100.

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> svlan create svlan-table svid 100
RTK.0> svlan destroy svlan-table svid 100
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 61 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set entry


Description:
This command can configure the svlan properties of member
configuration entry. It is used for debug mode and will be
executed whether svlan module had been initialed or not. But only
svid of entry is created then the entry properties can be set.

Syntax:
svlan set entry index svid svid
svlan
svlan

a t e k
set entry index member <PORT_LIST:ports | all | none>

l
set entry index tag-member <PORT_LIST:ports | all | none>

Re
svlan set entry index untag-member <PORT_LIST:ports | all |
none>
svlan
svlan

D
set
set

E
entry

N
entry
T I A
index
index
Lpriority priority
fid-msti state <disable | enable>

C O N F
svlan
svlan
svlan
I set
set
set
entry
entry
entry
index
index
index
fid-msti fid_msti
enhanced-fid state <disable | enable>
enhanced-fid efid

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Parameter:

for L o s o
index
svid T
member

-
-
index of svlan member configuration
specify the numeric sVLAN identifier
member configuration
tag-member - tagging member configuration
untag-member - untag set configuration
ports - the vlan member or tag member ports
all - specify all ports
none - specify no port
priority - specify the priority value
fid_msti - the filter-id or msti for this vlan
efid - specify the enhanced filter-id
state - state configuration
disable - disable configuration
enable - enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to congigurate the svlan which svid is
1000:
Add port 0,1,2,3,4,5,6 to vlan 1000

SFU Product Page 62 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Assign port 3 to tag member


Set svlan priority to 7
Enable svlan based fid and efid to fid 0 and efid 7

RTK.0> svlan destroy svlan-table all


RTK.0> svlan create svlan-table svid 1000
RTK.0> svlan set entry 0 member 0-6
RTK.0> svlan set entry 0 tag-member 3
RTK.0> svlan set entry 0 priority 7

t e k
RTK.0> svlan set entry 0 fid-msti state enable

a l
RTK.0> svlan set entry 0 fid-msti 0

Re
RTK.0> svlan set entry 0 enhanced-fid state enable
RTK.0> svlan set entry 0 enhanced-fid 7

D E N I A
RTK.0> svlan get entry 0

T L
Index SVID Member TagSet Spri FidEn FID EfidEn Efid

C O N
0

F I 1000 0-6 3 7 Enable 0 Enable 7

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 63 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get entry


Description:
Show svlan configuration of a specific entry.

Syntax:
svlan get entry index
svlan get entry all

Parameter:
index
all

a l t e k
– index of svlan member configuration
- All entries of SVLAN confingrations

Re Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get the svlan table configuration of
entry 0 and all entries retriving

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> svlan get entry 0
Index SVID Member TagSet Spri FidEn FID EfidEn Efid
0 1000 0-6

c h n o l o g
3

y , I n
7
c Enable 0 Enable 7

e
RTK.0>

for L o s
0
o T
RTK.0> svlan get entry all
Index SVID Member TagSet Spri FidEn
1000 0-6 3 7
FID EfidEn Efid
Enable 0 Enable 7
1 1001 0-6 0 Disable 0 Disable 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 64 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set svlan-table


Description:
This command can configure svlan with specify svid and only if
this svlan is created

Syntax:
svlan set svlan-table svid svid member <PORT_LIST:ports | all
| none>
svlan set svlan-table svid svid tag-member <PORT_LIST: ports |
all | none>

a l t e k
svlan set svlan-table svid svid untag-member <PORT_LIST:ports

Re
| all | none>
svlan set svlan-table svid svid priority priority

enable>

D E N T I A L
svlan set svlan-table svid svid fid-msti state <disable |

C O N F I
svlan set svlan-table svid svid fid-msti fid_msti
svlan set svlan-table svid svid enhanced-fid state <disable |
enable>

g y , I n c
svlan set svlan-table svid svid enhanced-fid efid

c h n o l o
for L o s o T
Parameter:
svid
member
e -
-
specify the numeric sVLAN identifier
member configuration
tag-member - tagging member configuration
untag-member - untag set configuration
ports - the vlan member or tag member ports
all - specify all ports
none - specify no port
priority - specify the priority value
fid_msti - the filter-id or msti for this vlan
efid - specify the enhanced filter-id
state - state configuration
disable - disable configuration
enable - enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to congigurate the svlan which svid is
2000:
Add port 0-4 to vlan 2000

SFU Product Page 65 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Assign port 3 to tag member

RTK.0> svlan create svlan-table svid 2000


RTK.0> svlan set svlan-table svid 2000 member 0-4
RTK.0> svlan set svlan-table svid 2000 tag-member 3
RTK.0> svlan get svlan-table svid 2000
SVID Member UntagSet Spri FidEn FID EfidEn Efid
2000 0-4 0-2,4-6 0 Disable 0 Disable 0
RTK.0>

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 66 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get svlan-table


Description:
Show svlan configuration of a specify svid.

Syntax:
svlan get svlan-table svid svid

Parameter:
svid - specify the numeric SVLAN identifier

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get the svlan table configuration of
specify svid 2000

E N T I A L
RTK.0> svlan get svlan-table svid 2000

D
C O N F I
SVID Member UntagSet Spri FidEn
2000 0-4
RTK.0>
0-2,4-6 0
FID EfidEn Efid
Disable 0 Disable 0

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 67 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set port svid


Description:
This command can configure port based svlan with specify svid.

Syntax:
svlan set port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> svid svid

Parameter:
svid - specify the numeric VLAN identifier
ports
all

a l t e k
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Re Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to congigurate the port 0 port-based svlan
with svid 100 and port 1 port-based svlan with svid 200

D
C O N F I
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
svlan
svlan
create svlan-table svid 100
create svlan-table svid 200
RTK.0>

c
svlan

h n o l g y , I n c
set port 0 svid 100

o
e
RTK.0> svlan set port 1 svid 200

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 68 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get port svid


Description:
Show port based svlan with specify svid.

Syntax:
svlan get port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> svid

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all

a l t e k
– specify all ports

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get the port 0/1 port-based svlan.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> svlan get port 0-1 svid

D
C O N 0
1
F I
Port SVID
100
200
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 69 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set service-port


Description:
This command can configure svlan tag aware ports or svlan service
ports.

Syntax:
svlan set service-port <PORT_LIST:ports | all | none>

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e k
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Re
none - specify no port

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to configurate svlan servive ports 0,3

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> svlan set service-port 0,3
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 70 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get service-port


Description:
Show svlan tag aware ports or svlan service ports

Syntax:
svlan get service-port

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get svlan servive ports or stag aware
ports

E N T I A L
RTK.0> svlan set service-port 0,3

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> svlan get service-port
Server Ports: 0,3
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 71 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set lookup-type


Description:
This command can configure svlan lookup from svlan member
configuration entry or vlan 4k table. This command is supported
depond on chip design or not.

Syntax:
svlan set lookup-type <svlan-table | vlan-4k-table>

Parameter:

a
svlan-table
l t e k
- 64 svlan member configurations

Re
vlan-4k-table - 4K vlan table

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to configurate svlan lookup mode to lokkup

D
C O N F I
svlan member configuration entries.

RTK.0> svlan set lookup-type svlan-table


RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 72 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get lookup-type


Description:
Show svlan lookup mode

Syntax:
svlan get lookup-type

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get svlan lookup mode

E N T I A
RTK.0> svlan get lookup-type

D L
RTK.0> svlan set lookup-type svlan-table

C O N F I
Lookup type: SVLAN 64 entries
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 73 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set tpid


Description:
This command can configure svlan tagging ethertype

Syntax:
svlan set tpid tpid

Parameter:
tpid - ethertype for stag

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to configurate ethertype of svlan tag to
0x9100.

E N T I A
RTK.0> svlan set tpid 0x9100

D L
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 74 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get tpid


Description:
Show svlan tagging ethertype

Syntax:
svlan get tpid

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get ethertype of svlan tag

E N T
RTK.0> svlan get tpid

D I A
RTK.0> svlan set tpid 0x9100

L
C O N F I
TPID: 0x9100
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 75 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set priority-source


Description:
This command can configure egress stag priority field inserting
source. This configuration will effect asic egress staging
priority assignment only.

Syntax:
svlan set priority-source <internal-priority | dot1q-priority
| svlan-member-cofig | port-based-priority>

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
internal-priority - switch core internal priority
dot1q-priority - ingress cvlan tagged priority field
svlan-member-cofi
g

D E N T I A L
- priority of svlan member configuration

C O N F I
port-based-priori
ty
- port based priority

Examples:

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
This example shows how to configurate svlan tagging priority

for L o s o T
source from cvlan ingress tagged priority field. That means
egress stag priority is as the same as ctag priority.

RTK.0> svlan set priority-source dot1q-priority


RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 76 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get priority-source


Description:
Show egress stag priority field inserting source

Syntax:
svlan get priority-source

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get source decision of svlan tagging
priority field

E N T I A L
RTK.0> svlan set priority-source dot1q-priority

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> svlan get priority-source
Priority source: 1q tag priority
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 77 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set unmatch


Description:
This command can configure asic ation for ingress stag which svid
is unmatched any of svlan member configuration entry if svlan
lookup is used.

Syntax:
svlan set unmatch <drop | trap-to-cpu>
svlan set unmatch assign-svlan svid svid

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
drop - drop packet
trap-to-cpu - trap packet to cpu port
assign-svlan
svid

D E N T I A L
- assign svlan property
– specify the numeric SVLAN identifier

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to assign action for packets ingress svid

g y , I n c
unmatched all svlan member configuration to svlan with svid

c h n o l o
e
1001.

for L o s o T
RTK.0> svlan create svlan-table svid 1001
RTK.0> svlan set unmatch assign-svlan svid 1001
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 78 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get unmatch


Description:
Show action for ingress stag packets from service port which svid
is unmatched all svlan member configuration entries

Syntax:
svlan get unmatch

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get action for packets from service

D E N T I A L
ports that ingress svid unmatched all svlan member configuration

C O N F I
RTK.0> svlan set unmatch assign-svlan svid 1001
RTK.0> svlan get unmatch
Action: Assign to SVLAN SVID: 1001
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 79 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set untag


Description:
This command can configure action for packets without stag from
svlan service port

Syntax:
svlan set untag < drop | trap-to-cpu >
svlan set untag assign-svlan svid svid

Parameter:
drop

a l t e- k
drop packet

Re
trap-to-cpu - trap packet to cpu port
assign-svlan - assign svlan property
svid

D E N T

I A L
specify the numeric SVLAN identifier

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to assign trap action for packets without
ingress stag from svlan service port.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> svlan set untag trap-to-cpu

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 80 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get untag


Description:
Show action for ingress un-stag packets from svlan service port

Syntax:
svlan get untag

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get action for ingress un-stag packets
from svlan service port

E N T I A L
RTK.0> svlan set untag assign-svlan svid 1001

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> svlan get untag
Action: Assign to SVLAN SVID: 1001
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 81 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set trap-priority


Description:
This command can configure priority for packets trapped to cpu
for related svlan functions

Syntax:
svlan set trap-priority priority

Parameter:
priority

a l t e k
- priority for trapping packets

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to assin priority 7 packets which meet

D E N T I A L
svlan related trapped behavior

C O N F I
RTK.0> svlan set trap-priority 7
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 82 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get trap-priority


Description:
Show svlan related assigned trapping priority

Syntax:
svlan get trap-priority

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get svlan trapping priority

E N T I A L
RTK.0> svlan set trap-priority 6
RTK.0> svlan get trap-priority

D
C O N F I
Trap priority: 6
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 83 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set dei-keep state


Description:
This command can configure egress keepping dei field of ingress
stag. The DEI of stag will be keep only if this state is set,
otherwise it will always be 0 in egress svlan tag.

Syntax:
svlan set dei-keep state <disable | enable>

Parameter:
state

a l t e k
- state configuration

Re
disable - disable configuration
enable - enable configuration

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to configurate enable keeping ingress dei
field of stag packets for egress stag.

g y , I n c
RTK.0> svlan set dei-keep state enable

c h n o l o
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 84 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get dei-keep state


Description:
Show egress keep dei field state of ingress stag packets

Syntax:
svlan get dei-keep state

Parameter:
state - state configuration

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get keep ingress dei field state of
stagged packets for egress stag

E N T I A L
RTK.0> svlan set dei-keep state enable

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> svlan get dei-keep
Keep DEI state: Enable
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 85 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set vlan-aggregation


Description:
This command can configure svlan vlan-aggregation state for
downstream egress port. Asic can tagging vid by ingress learning
in downstream egress port while vlan aggregation state is set.
Not only downstream stag only packet, but also ctag packets will
be treated as egress ctag packets by vid which auto vid leaning
with mac-address if forced-state is set.

Syntax:

a l t e k
svlan set vlan-aggregation port <PORT_LIST:ports | all > state

Re
<disable | enable>
svlan set vlan-aggregation forced-state <disable | enable>

Parameter:

D E N T I A L
C O Nall
F
ports

state
I -

-
specified port list
specify all ports
state configuration
disable

c h n o l o
-

g y , I n c
disable configuration

e
enable - enable configuration

for L o s o T
forced-state

Examples:
- forced state configuration

This example shows how to configurate the egress port 1


downstream packet vlan aggregation state enable.

RTK.0> svlan set vlan-aggregation port 1 state enable


RTK.0> svlan get vlan-aggregation port 1 state
Port Status
1 Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 86 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get vlan-aggregation


Description:
Show svlan vlan-aggregation state for downstream egress port.

Syntax:
svlan get vlan-aggregation port <PORT_LIST:ports | all > state
svlan get vlan-aggregation forced-state

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e-
– k
specified port list
specify all ports

Re
state - state configuration
forced-state - forced state configuration

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to get port 0-3 downstream packet vlan
aggregation state

g y , I n c
RTK.0> svlan get vlan-aggregation port 0-3 state

c h n o l o
e
Port Status

for L o s
0
1
2
o TDisable
Enable
Disable
3 Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 87 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan add vlan-conversion


Description:
This command can add ingress vlan conversion configuration from
ingress vlan vid or multicast address to svlan svid. Also, this
command can add egress vlan conversion configuration for
different svlan and egress port to different egress vlan vid.

Syntax:
svlan add vlan-conversion c2s vid vid port <PORT_LIST:ports |
all> svid svid

a l t e k
svlan add vlan-conversion mc2s ip ip ip-mask ip_mask svid svid

Re
svlan add vlan-conversion mc2s mac-address mac mac-mask
mac_mask svid svid

D E N T I A L
svlan add vlan-conversion sp2c svid svid port port vid vid

C O Nc2s
F
mc2s
I
Parameter:

-
cvlan to svlan conversion
multicast to svlan conversion
sp2c

c h n o l o
-

g y , I n c
svlan with egress port to cvlan conversion

e
vid – specify the numeric VLAN identifier

for L o s o
svid
ports
all
T –
-

specify the numeric SVLAN identifier
specified port list
specify all ports
ip - IPv4 address
ip_mask - IPv4 address mask
mac - MAC address
mac_mask - MAC address mask
port - specified port

Examples:
This example shows how to add vlan conversion configuration:
Ingress vid 100 from port 0 convert to svlan svid 2000
Ingress vid 100 from port 1 convert to svlan svid 2001
Ingress vid 200 from port 1 convert to svlan svid 2000
IPv4 dip 239.0.0.0~239.0.0.255 to svlan 2002
Layer 2 multicast address 01:xx:11:22:00:00~01:xx:11:22:FF:FF
to svlan 2003
SVLAN svid 2000 and egress port 0 to vlan vid 100
SVLAN svid 2001 and egress port 1 to vlan vid 100

SFU Product Page 88 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

SVLAN svid 2000 and egress port 1 to vlan vid 200

RTK.0> svlan create svlan-table svid 2000


RTK.0> svlan create svlan-table svid 2001
RTK.0> svlan create svlan-table svid 2002
RTK.0> svlan create svlan-table svid 2003
RTK.0> svlan add vlan-conversion c2s vid 100 port 0 svid 2000
RTK.0> svlan add vlan-conversion c2s vid 200 port 1 svid 2000
RTK.0> svlan add vlan-conversion c2s vid 100 port 1 svid 2001

t e k
RTK.0> svlan add vlan-conversion mc2s ip 239.0.0.0 ip-mask

a l
255.255.255.0 svid 2002

Re
RTK.0> svlan add vlan-conversion mc2s mac-address
01:00:11:22:00:00 mac-mask 00:00:FF:FF:00:00 svid 2003

E N T I A L
RTK.0> svlan add vlan-conversion sp2c svid 2000 port 0 vid 100
RTK.0> svlan add vlan-conversion sp2c svid 2000 port 1 vid 200

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> svlan add vlan-conversion sp2c svid 2001 port 1 vid 100
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 89 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan del vlan-conversion


Description:
This command can delete vlan conversion configuration with
ingress vid to svid or svid to egress vid.

Syntax:
svlan del vlan-conversion c2s vid vid port <PORT_LIST:ports |
all> svid svid
svlan del vlan-conversion mc2s ip ip ip-mask ip_mask

mac_mask

a l t e
svlan del vlan-conversion
k mc2s mac-address mac mac-mask

Re
svlan del vlan-conversion sp2c svid svid port port

Parameter:
c2s

D E N T–
I A L
cvlan to svlan conversion

C O N F
mc2s
sp2c
vid
I -
-

multicast to svlan conversion
svlan with egress port to cvlan conversion
specify the numeric VLAN identifier
svid

c h n o l o

g y , I n c
specify the numeric SVLAN identifier

e
ports - specified port list

for L o s
all
ip o T
ip_mask

-
-
specify all ports
IPv4 address
IPv4 address mask
mac - MAC address
mac_mask - MAC address mask
port - specified port

Examples:
This example shows how to delete ipv4 dip 239.0.0.0~239.0.0.255
to svid 2002 and svid 2001 with egress port 1

RTK.0> svlan del vlan-conversion mc2s ip 239.0.0.0 ip-mask


255.255.255.0
RTK.0> svlan del vlan-conversion sp2c svid 2001 port 1
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 90 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get vlan-conversion


Description:
Show vlan conversion configuration with ingress cvlan,
multicast or egress svlan and egress port.

Syntax:
svlan get vlan-conversion c2s vid vid port <PORT_LIST:ports |
all>
svlan get vlan-conversion mc2s ip ip ip-mask ip_mask
svlan
mac_mask

a t e k
get vlan-conversion mc2s mac-address mac mac-mask

l
Re
svlan get vlan-conversion sp2c svid svid port port

Parameter:
c2s

D E N T –
I A L
cvlan to svlan conversion

C O N F
mc2s
sp2c
vid
I -
-

multicast to svlan conversion
svlan with egress port to cvlan conversion
specify the numeric VLAN identifier
svid

c h n o l o g

y , I n c
specify the numeric SVLAN identifier

e
ports - specified port list

for L o s
all
ip o T
ip_mask

-
-
specify all ports
IPv4 address
IPv4 address mask
mac - MAC address
mac_mask - MAC address mask
port - specified port

Examples:
This example shows how to get the svlan vlan conversion
configuration with ingress vid 100/200 and egress svid 2000 with
egress port 0/1.

RTK.0> svlan get vlan-conversion c2s vid 100 port all


Vid Port Svid
100 0 2000
100 1 2001
RTK.0> svlan get vlan-conversion c2s vid 200 port all
Vid Port Svid
200 1 2000

SFU Product Page 91 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> svlan get vlan-conversion sp2c svid 2000 port 0


Svid Port Cvid
2000 0 100
RTK.0> svlan get vlan-conversion sp2c svid 2000 port 1
Svid Port Cvid
2000 1 200
RTK.0>

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 92 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set vlan-conversion sp2c unmatch-action


Description:
This command can configuration packet egress mode while svlan
downstream packets which unmatch any entry of svid with egress
port to egress vid conversion setting.

Syntax:
svlan set vlan-conversion sp2c unmatch-action <untag | ctag>

Parameter:
untag

a l t e k
– egress cvlan untagging format

Re
ctag - egress cvlan tagging format

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to configurate always untag egress

D
C O N F I
packets witch unmatch any entry of svid with egress port vlan
conversion.

g y , I n c
RTK.0> svlan set vlan-conversion sp2c unmatch-action untag

c h n o l o
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 93 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get vlan-conversion sp2c unmatch-action


Description:
Show configuration setting for svlan downstream packets which
unmatch any entry of svid with destination port to egress vid
conversion setting.

Syntax:
svlan get vlan-conversion sp2c unmatch-action

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get unmatched svid with egress port
to egress vid conversion configuration

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> svlan get vlan-conversion sp2c unmatch-action
SP2C unmatching C-tag format: Untagging
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 94 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.3. QoS commands

qos init
Description:
This command will initializae qos module to default setting.

k
Syntax:
qos init

a l t e
Re Parameter:
None

D E N T I A L
I
Examples:

C O N F
This example shows how to initialized QoS module.
RTK.0> qos init

n c
RTK.0>

T e c h n o l o g y , I
for L o s o

SFU Product Page 95 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos set priority-to-queue


Description:
This command can configure the priority to queue table, this
table have 4 entries. Each entry can map 8 priority to specifiy
queue-id.
This table be referenced by “qos set priority-to-queue-mapping”

Syntax:
qos set priority-to-queue table index priority

t e k
MASK_LIST:priority queue-id qid

a l
qos set priority-to-queue port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> table

Re
index

Parameter:
index

D E N T–
I A L
index of priority to queue table

C O N F
table
I
priority
qid
-
-
-
priority to queue mapping table
priority configuration
specify the numeric queue identifier
ports

c h n o l o
-

g y , I n c
specified port list

e
all – specify all ports

for L o s o T
Examples:
This example shows how to congigurate the prority to queue table
entry 0 which mappimg is:
priority 0 to 7
priority 1 to 6
priority 2 to 5
priority 3 to 4
priority 4 to 3
priority 5 to 2
priority 6 to 1
priority 7 to 0
Mapping port 0 ~ 6 to prority to queue table entry 0

RTK.0> qos set priority-to-queue table 0 priority 0 queue-id 7


RTK.0> qos set priority-to-queue table 0 priority 1 queue-id 6
RTK.0> qos set priority-to-queue table 0 priority 2 queue-id 5
RTK.0> qos set priority-to-queue table 0 priority 3 queue-id 4
RTK.0> qos set priority-to-queue table 0 priority 4 queue-id 3

SFU Product Page 96 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> qos set priority-to-queue table 0 priority 5 queue-id 2


RTK.0> qos set priority-to-queue table 0 priority 6 queue-id 1
RTK.0> qos set priority-to-queue table 0 priority 7 queue-id 0
RTK.0> qos set priority-to-queue port 0-6 table 0

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 97 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos get priority-to-queue


Description:
Show priority to queue mapping table

Syntax:
qos get priority-to-queue table index
qos get priority-to-queue port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

Parameter:
index
table

a l t e–
- k
index of priority to queue table
priority to queue mapping table

Re
ports - specified port list
all – specify all ports

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to get prority to queue table.

Get prority to queue table entry 0

g y , I n c
RTK.0> qos get priority-to-queue table 0

c h n o l o
e
Index pri_0 pri_1 pri_2 pri_3 pri_4 pri_5 pri_6 pri_7

for L o s
0
o T 7 6 5 4 3 2

Get prority to queue table entry 0 seting for port 1


1 0

RTK.0> qos get priority-to-queue port 1


Port Index
1 0

SFU Product Page 98 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos set remapping


Description:
Per system set priority remapping for dot1p, DSCP, port-ased
priority and forward to CPU priority.

Syntax:
qos set remapping dot1p dot1p-priority dot1p_priority
internal-priority internal_priority
qos set remapping dscp dscp MASK_LIST:dscp internal-priority
priority

a l t e k
qos set remapping forward-to-cpu internal-priority

Re
internal_priority remapping-priority remapping_priority
qos set remapping port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

D E N T I
internal-priority priority

A L
C O N F
dot1p
dscp
I
Parameter:
-
-
dot1p remapping configuration
dscp remapping configuration
forward-to-cpu

c h n o l o
-

g y , I n c
to cpu port remapping configuration

e
port - port-based priority

for L o s o T
dot1p-priority
internal-priority
remapping-priorit
-
-
-
dot1p priority
switch internal priority
priority for remapped configuration
y
ports - specified port list
all – specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to remappimg internal priority from
packet dot1p priorty , the remapping setting as:
dot1p-priority 0 remapping to priority 7
dot1p-priority 1 remapping to priority 6
dot1p-priority 2 remapping to priority 5
dot1p-priority 3 remapping to priority 4
RTK.0> qos set remapping dot1p dot1p-priority 0
internal-priority 7
RTK.0> qos set remapping dot1p dot1p-priority 1
internal-priority 6
RTK.0> qos set remapping dot1p dot1p-priority 2

SFU Product Page 99 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

internal-priority 5
RTK.0> qos set remapping dot1p dot1p-priority 3
internal-priority 4

This example shows how to remappimg internal priority from DSCP


priority, the remapping setting as:
DSCP priority 0~15 remapping to 0
DSCP priority 16~31 remapping to 1
DSCP priority 32~47 remapping to 2

t e k
DSCP priority 48~63 remapping to 3

a l
Re
RTK.0> qos set remapping dscp dscp 0-15 internal-priority 0
RTK.0> qos set remapping dscp dscp 16-31 internal-priority 1
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

D
qos

E
qos

N
set
set
T I A L
remapping
remapping
dscp
dscp
dscp
dscp
32-47 internal-priority 2
48-63 internal-priority 3

C O N F I
This example shows how to remappimg forward to CPU packet
priority as:

g y , I n c
Internal priority 0 remapping to 0

c h n o l o
e
Internal priority 1 remapping to 0

for L o s o T
Internal priority 2 remapping to 3
Internal priority 3 remapping to 3
Internal priority 4 remapping to 5
RTK.0> qos set remapping forward-to-cpu internal-priority 0
remapping-priority 0
RTK.0> qos set remapping forward-to-cpu internal-priority 1
remapping-priority 0
RTK.0> qos set remapping forward-to-cpu internal-priority 2
remapping-priority 3
RTK.0> qos set remapping forward-to-cpu internal-priority 3
remapping-priority 3
RTK.0> qos set remapping forward-to-cpu internal-priority 4
remapping-priority 5

This example shows how to set port based priority as:


Port 0 remapping to priority 0
Port 1 remapping to priority 1
Port 2 remapping to priority 2

SFU Product Page 100 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Port 3 remapping to priority 3


RTK.0> qos set remapping port 0 internal-priority 0
RTK.0> qos set remapping port 1 internal-priority 1
RTK.0> qos set remapping port 2 internal-priority 2
RTK.0> qos set remapping port 3 internal-priority 3

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 101 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos get remapping


Description:
Get remapping setting.

Syntax:
qos get remapping dot1p
qos get remapping dscp
qos get remapping forward-to-cpu
qos get remapping port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
dot1p - dot1p remapping configuration
dscp - dscp remapping configuration
forward-to-cpu
port

D E N T I A L
- to cpu port remapping configuration
- port-based priority

C O N F
ports
all I - specified port list
– specify all ports

Examples:

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
This example shows how get remapping setting:

for L o s o T
RTK.0> qos get remapping dot1p
1p Priority internal priority
0 7
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7

RTK.0> qos get remapping dscp


DSCP Priority
0 0
1 0
2 0
3 0
4 0

SFU Product Page 102 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

5 0
6 0
7 0
8 0
9 0
10 0
11 0
12 0
13 0
14
15

a
0
0
l t e k
Re
16 0
17 0
18
19
0
0

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
--More—

g y , I n c
RTK.0> qos get remapping forward-to-cpu

c h n o l o
e
Priority: 0 Remapping prority: 0

for L o s o T
Priority: 1 Remapping prority: 0
Priority: 2 Remapping prority: 0
Priority: 3 Remapping prority: 0
Priority: 4 Remapping prority: 0
Priority: 5 Remapping prority: 0
Priority: 6 Remapping prority: 0
Priority: 7 Remapping prority: 0

RTK.0> qos get remapping port 0-6


Port prioirty
0 0
1 0
2 0
3 0
4 0
5 0
6 0

SFU Product Page 103 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos set priority-selector


Description:
There are 9 priority source in system. This command can assign
weight to wach priority source. The source with highest weight
will be select to internal priority.

There are 2 prioirty selector group. Per port can select which
selector group this port will be used.
Syntax:

t e k
qos set priority-selector group-id index <port| dot1q | dscp |

a l
acl | smac | svlan | vlan | l4 | lookup-table> weight

Re
qos set priority-selector port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> group-id
index

Parameter:

D E N T I A L
C O N F
index
port
dot1q
I -
-
-
priority selector group index
port based priority source
dot1q priority source
dscp

c h n o l o
-

g y , I n c
dscp priority source

e
acl - acl priority source

for L o s
lut
o
smac
svlan
T -
-
-
lookup table priority source
source mac priority source
svlan priority source
vlan - vlan priority source
l4 - L4 priority source
weight - the weight for this priority source
ports - specified port list
all – specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to set acl priority weight to 15 and
port-based priorty weight to 10 for selector group 0.
Set port 0-5 apply selector group 0.
RTK.0> qos set priority-selector group-id 0 acl 15
RTK.0> qos set priority-selector group-id 0 port 10

RTK.0> qos set priority-selector port 0-5 group-id 0

SFU Product Page 104 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos get priority-selector


Description:
Show system priority selector weight for each priority source.

Syntax:
qos get priority-selector group-id index
qos get priority-selector port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> group-id

Parameter:
index
ports

a l t e k
- priority selector group index
- specified port list

Re
all – specify all ports

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get priority selector weight for each

D
C O N F I
priority source.

RTK.0> qos get priority-selector group-id 0


TYPE

c h n
Weight

o l o g y , I n c
e
port 10

for L o s o T
dot1q
dscp
acl
0
0
15
vlan 0
lookup-table 0
smac 0
svlan 0
l4 0
RTK.0> qos get priority-selector port 0-5 group-id
Port Group
0 0
1 0
2 0
3 0
4 0
5 0

SFU Product Page 105 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos set remarking dot1p


Description:
Per egress port enable/disable dot1p priority remarking and set
per system internal priority to remarking dot1p mapping.

Syntax:
qos set remarking dot1p port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state
<disable | enable>
qos set remarking dot1p user-priority priority dot1p-priority
dot1p_priority

a l t e k
Re
Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all
state

D E N T I A -
L
– specify all ports
state configuration

C O N F I
disable
enable
dot1p-priority
-
-
-
disable configuration
enable configuration
dot1p priority
user-priority

c h n o l o g y , I
-
n c
switch user priority

e
priority - priority configuration

for L o s o T
Examples:
This example shows how to congigurate internal priority
remarking to packet dot1p priority as:

The example shows how to enable dot1p priority remarking for port
1,2,3

internal priority 0 remarking dot1p priority 7


internal priority 1 remarking dot1p priority 6
internal priority 2 remarking dot1p priority 5
internal priority 3 remarking dot1p priority 4
internal priority 4 remarking dot1p priority 3
internal priority 5 remarking dot1p priority 2
internal priority 6 remarking dot1p priority 1
internal priority 7 remarking dot1p priority 0

RTK.0> qos set remarking dot1p user-priority 0 dot1p-priority


7

SFU Product Page 106 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> qos set remarking dot1p user-priority 1 dot1p-priority


6
RTK.0> qos set remarking dot1p user-priority 2 dot1p-priority
5
RTK.0> qos set remarking dot1p user-priority 3 dot1p-priority
4
RTK.0> qos set remarking dot1p user-priority 4 dot1p-priority
3
RTK.0> qos set remarking dot1p user-priority 5 dot1p-priority
2

a
RTK.0>
l t e k
qos set remarking dot1p user-priority 6 dot1p-priority

Re
1
RTK.0> qos set remarking dot1p user-priority 7 dot1p-priority
0

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> qos set remarking dot1p port 1,2,3 state enable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 107 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos get remarking dot1p


Description:
Per system set forward to CPU priority remapping.

Syntax:
qos get remarking dot1p port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state
qos get remarking dot1p

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e
-
– k
specified port list
specify all ports

Re
state - state configuration
source - remarking source

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 108 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos set remarking dscp


Description:
Set dscp remarking function. Per port would enable/disable DSCP
remarking. The remarking source can be selected for each port.
The remarking source would be internal-prioirty, user-prioirty
and packet original dscp value.

Syntax:
qos set remarking dscp port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state

t
<disable | enable>

a l e k
qos set remarking port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> dscp source

Re
<internal-priority | user-priority | dscp>
qos set remarking dscp inter-priority priority remarking-dscp
dscp

E N T I A L
qos set remarking dscp user-priority priority remarking-dscp

D
C O N
dscp

F I
qos set remarking dscp original-dscp MASK_LIST:dscp
remarking-dscp remarking_dscp

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Parameter:

for L o s o
ports
all
state
T -

-
specified port list
specify all ports
state configuration
disable - disable configuration
enable - enable configuration
source - remarking source
inter-priority - switch internal/user priority
internal-priority - switch internal priority
user-priority - switch user priority
original-dscp - ingress original dscp
remarking-dscp - egress remarked dscp
dscp - dscp configuration
priority - priority configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to enable dscp remarking on port 4.
The remarking source is based on packet original dscp value.
The dscp remarking value will be set as

SFU Product Page 109 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Packet original DSCP valu 0-31 remapping to 0


Packet original DSCP valu 32-63 remapping to 32

RTK.0> qos set remarking dscp port 4 state enable


RTK.0> qos set remarking port 4 dscp source dscp
RTK.0> qos set remarking dscp original-dscp 0-31 remarking-dscp
0
RTK.0> qos set remarking dscp original-dscp 31-63
remarking-dscp 31
RTK.0>

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 110 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos get remarking dscp


Description:
Get dscp remarking setting.

Syntax:
qos get remarking dscp port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state
qos get remarking port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> dscp source
qos get remarking dscp <inter-priority | original-dscp>

Parameter:
ports

a l t e
- k
specified port list

Re
all – specify all ports
state - state configuration
source

E
inter-priority

D N
-

T I A L
remarking source
- switch internal/user priority

C O N F I
original-dscp - ingress original dscp

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 111 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos set scheduling algorithm


Description:
This command can set per port per queue scheduling algorithm.

Syntax:
qos set scheduling algorithm port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>
queue-id qid <strict | wfq>

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e k
-

specified port list
specify all ports

Re
qid - specify the numeric queue identifier
strict - scheduling using strict queue type
wfq

D E N T I A
-

Lscheduling using WFQ type

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to congigurate port 1 queue 0-3 using
strict, queue 4-7 using WFQ:

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> qos set scheduling algorithm port 1 queue-id 0 strict

for L o s o T
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
qos
qos
qos
set
set
set
scheduling
scheduling
scheduling
algorithm
algorithm
algorithm
port
port
port
1
1
1
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
1
2
3
strict
strict
strict
RTK.0> qos set scheduling algorithm port 1 queue-id 4 wfq
RTK.0> qos set scheduling algorithm port 1 queue-id 5 wfq
RTK.0> qos set scheduling algorithm port 1 queue-id 6 wfq
RTK.0> qos set scheduling algorithm port 1 queue-id 7 wfq

SFU Product Page 112 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos get scheduling algorithm


Description:
Show per port per queue scheduling algorithm.

Syntax:
qos get scheduling algorithm port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>
queue-id qid

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e k
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Re
qid - specify the numeric queue identifier

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get queue scheduling algorithm for port

D
C O N F I
1 queue 0 and queue 1.

RTK.0> qos get scheduling algorithm port 1 queue-id 0


port: 1 queue:

c h n o l g y , I n
0 type:strict

o c
e
RTK.0> qos get scheduling algorithm port 1 queue-id 1

for L o s o T
port: 1 queue:
RTK.0>
1 type:strict

SFU Product Page 113 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos set scheduling queue-weight


Description:
This command can set per port per queue WFQ scheduling weight .

Syntax:
qos set scheduling queue-weight port <PORT_LIST:ports | all >
queue-id qid weight weight

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e-
– k
specified port list
specify all ports

Re
qid - specify the numeric queue identifier
weight - the queue scheduling weight

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to congigurate port 1 queue 0 weight 65535,
queue 4 weight 15:

g y , I n c
RTK.0> qos set scheduling queue-weight port 1 queue-id 0 weight

c h n o l o
e
65535

for L o s o T
RTK.0> qos set scheduling queue-weight port 1 queue-id 4 weight
15
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 114 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos get scheduling queue-weight


Description:
Show per port per queue scheduling weight.

Syntax:
qos get scheduling queue-weight port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>
queue-id qid

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e k
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Re
qid - specify the numeric queue identifier

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get queue scheduling weight for port

D
C O N F I
1 queue 0-1.

RTK.0> qos get scheduling queue-weight port 1 queue-id 0


port: 1 queue:

c h n o l g y , I n c
0 weight:65535

o
e
RTK.0> qos get scheduling queue-weight port 1 queue-id 1

for L o s o T
port: 1 queue:
RTK.0>
1 weight:0

SFU Product Page 115 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos set avb remapping


Description:
Per system set av bridge priority remapping.

Syntax:
qos set avb remapping internal-priority priority user-priority
user_priority
qos set avb remapping port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state
<disable | enable>

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
internal-priority - switch internal priority
user-priority - switch user priority
ports
all

D E N T–
I A L
- specified port list
specify all ports

C O N F
state
I
disable
enable
-
-
-
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Examples:

for L o s o T
This example shows how to enable av bridge priority remaping
on port 1 and the remapping table will as follow:
Internal priority 0 remapping to 0
Internal priority 1 remapping to 0
Internal priority 2 remapping to 3
Internal priority 3 remapping to 3
Internal priority 4 remapping to 3
Internal priority 5 remapping to 7
Internal priority 6 remapping to 7
Internal priority 7 remapping to 7

RTK.0> qos set avb remapping port 1 state enable


RTK.0> qos set avb remapping internal-priority 0 user-priority
0
RTK.0> qos set avb remapping internal-priority 1 user-priority
0
RTK.0> qos set avb remapping internal-priority 2 user-priority
3
RTK.0> qos set avb remapping internal-priority 3 user-priority

SFU Product Page 116 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

3
RTK.0> qos set avb remapping internal-priority 4 user-priority
3
RTK.0> qos set avb remapping internal-priority 5 user-priority
7
RTK.0> qos set avb remapping internal-priority 6 user-priority
7
RTK.0> qos set avb remapping internal-priority 7 user-priority
7

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 117 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos get avb remapping


Description:
Get AV bridage priority remapping setting.

Syntax:
qos get avb remapping internal-priority priority
qos get avb remapping port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state

Parameter:

t
internal-priority
ports

a l e-
- k
switch internal priority
specified port list

Re
all – specify all ports
state - state configuration

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> qos get avb remapping port all
Port State
0 Disable
1 Enable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
2 Disable

for L o3
4
5
s o T
Disable
Disable
Disable

RTK.0> qos get avb remapping internal-priority 0


Priority Remap-Pri
0 0
RTK.0> qos get avb remapping internal-priority 1
Priority Remap-Pri
1 0

SFU Product Page 118 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.4. l2-table commands

l2-table init
Description:
This command can initialize & reset L2 module.

k
Syntax:

l
l2-table init

a t e
Re Parameter:
None

D E N T I A L
I
Examples:

C O N F
This example shows how to initialize L2 module.

n c
RTK.0> l2-table init

T e c h n o l o g y , I
for L o s o

SFU Product Page 119 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set aging-time


Description:
Thie command set aging time. The unit is 0.1 second.

Syntax:
l2-table set aging-time time

Parameter:
time - aging time, unit 0.1 second

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to set aging time to 300 seconds.

D E N T I A L
RTK.0> l2-table set aging-time 3000

C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 120 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get aging-time


Description:
This command can get aging time.

Syntax:
l2-table get aging-time

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get aging time.

D E N T I A L
RTK.0> l2-table get aging-time

C O N F I
Age Time: 3000

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 121 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set limit-learning


Description:
This command can set per port or system limit learning number.
The number specified in this command is only count dynamic L2
entries. For those packets which is not learned due to the
current entry number is equal to limit learning number, an action
can also be set for these packet.

Syntax:

t e k
l2-table set limit-learning port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> count
count

a l
Re
l2-table set limit-learning port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> count
unlimited

E N T I A L
l2-table set limit-learning port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> action
<drop | forward | copy-to-cpu | trap-to-cpu>

D
C O N F I
l2-table set limit-learning action <drop | forward | copy-to-cpu
| trap-to-cpu>
l2-table set limit-learning count count

g y , I n c
l2-table set limit-learning count unlimited

c h n o l o
for L o s o T
Parameter:
ports
all
e –
-
specify a port list
specify all ports
drop - drop packet
trap-to-cpu - trap packet to cpu port
forward - forward packet
copy-to-cpu - copy packet to cpu port
count - limited learning count
unlimited - unlimited configuration
action - over learning behavior

Examples:
This example shows how to set the following configuration.
Set system limit learning to 1000.
Set port 0-1 limit learning to 20.
Set system limit learning action as “Drop”
Set port 0-1 limit learning action as “Forward”

RTK.0> l2-table set limit-learning count 1000

SFU Product Page 122 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> l2-table set limit-learning action drop


RTK.0> l2-table set limit-learning port 0-1 count 20
RTK.0> l2-table set limit-learning port 0-1 action forward
RTK.0>

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 123 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get limit-learning


Description:
This command can get the configuration of limit learning

Syntax:
l2-table get limit-learning port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> count
l2-table get limit-learning port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> action
l2-table get limit-learning action
l2-table get limit-learning count

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
ports – specify a port list
all - specify all ports
count
action

D E N T I A L
- limited learning count
- over learning behavior

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to get system and port limit learning
configuration.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e
RTK.0> l2-table get limit-learning count

System Learning Limit: 1000


RTK.0> l2-table get limit-learning action

System learning Over Action: Drop


RTK.0> l2-table get limit-learning port 0-6 count

Port 0 learning limit: 20


Port 1 learning limit: 20
Port 5 learning limit: 2112
RTK.0> l2-table get limit-learning port 0-1 action

Port 0 learning limit over action: Forward


Port 1 learning limit over action: Forward
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 124 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get learning-exceed


Description:
This command get the status of limit learning exceed. If the
current learning number is equal to limit learning, the status
will becomes YES.

Syntax:
l2-table get learning-exceed
l2-table get learning-exceed port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
ports – specify a port list
all - specify all ports

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to get system and port learning-exceed.

RTK.0> l2-table get learning-exceed


Learning-exceed = No

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> l2-table get learning-exceed port 0-1

for L o s o T
Port Id 0, learning-exceed = No
Port Id 1, learning-exceed = No
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 125 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set src-port-egress-filter


Description:
This command set source port egress filtering function.

Syntax:
l2-table set src-port-egress-filter port <PORT_LIST:ports |
all> state <disable | enable>
l2-table set src-port-egress-filter ext <PORT_LIST:ports>
state <disable | enable>

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
ports – specify a port list
all - specify all ports
ext
state

D E N T I A L
– specify a extention port list
- state configuration

C O N F I
disable
enable
- disable configuration
- enable configuration

Examples:

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
This example shows how to disable source port filtering at port

for L o s o T
0-2 and extension port 0-1

RTK.0> l2-table set src-port-egress-filter port 0-2 state


disable
RTK.0> l2-table set src-port-egress-filter ext 0-1 state disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 126 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get src-port-egress-filter


Description:
This command can get source port filtering configuration.

Syntax:
l2-table get src-port-egress-filter port <PORT_LIST:ports |
all> state
l2-table get src-port-egress-filter ext <PORT_LIST:ports>
state

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
ports – specify a port list
all - specify all ports
ext
state

D E N T I A L
– specify a extention port list
- state configuration

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to get source port filtering for all ports

g y
and all extension ports.

c h n o l o , I n c
for L o s o T e
RTK.0> l2-table get src-port-egress-filter port 0-6

SRC Port 0 egress filter state: Disable


SRC Port 1 egress filter state: Disable
SRC Port 2 egress filter state: Disable
SRC Port 3 egress filter state: Enable
SRC Port 4 egress filter state: Enable
SRC Port 5 egress filter state: Enable
SRC Port 6 egress filter state: Enable
RTK.0> l2-table get src-port-egress-filter ext 0-5

EXT Port 0 egress filter state: Disable


EXT Port 1 egress filter state: Disable
EXT Port 2 egress filter state: Enable
EXT Port 3 egress filter state: Enable
EXT Port 4 egress filter state: Enable
EXT Port 5 egress filter state: Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 127 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table clear learning-exceed


Description:
This command can clear the learning-exceed status.

Syntax:
l2-table clear learning-exceed
l2-table clear learning-exceed port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e k
– specify a port list
- specify all ports

Re Examples:

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to clear the learning-exceed status.

C O N F I
RTK.0> l2-table clear learning-exceed
Learning-exceed clear
RTK.0> l2-table clear learning-exceed port 0-6

g y , I n c
Port Id 0, learning-exceed clear

c h n o l o
e
Port Id 1, learning-exceed clear

for L o s o T
Port Id 2, learning-exceed clear
Port Id 3, learning-exceed clear
Port Id 4, learning-exceed clear
Port Id 5, learning-exceed clear
Port Id 6, learning-exceed clear
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 128 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set aging-out


Description:
This command set the state of aging-out.

Syntax:
l2-table set aging-out port < PORT_LIST:ports | all > state
<disable | enable>

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e–
- k
specify a port list
specify all ports

Re
state - state configuration
disable - disable configuration
enable

D E N T
-

I A L
enable configuration

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to disable aging-out at port 0-2.

g y , I n c
RTK.0> l2-table set aging-out port 0-2 state disable

c h n o l o
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 129 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get aging-out


Description:
This command get the state of aging-out.

Syntax:
l2-table get aging-out port <PORT_LIST:ports | all > state

Parameter:
ports – specify a port list
all
state

a l t e k
- specify all ports
- state configuration

Re Examples:

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to get the state of aging-out.

C O N F I
RTK.0> l2-table get aging-out port 0-6

Port 0 Age state: Disable


Port 1

c
Age

h n o g
state:

l o y , I n c
Disable

e
Port 2 Age state: Disable

for L o s o T
Port 3
Port 4
Port 5
Age
Age
Age
state:
state:
state:
Enable
Enable
Enable
Port 6 Age state: Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 130 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table add ip-mcast dip


Description:
This command used to add an IP multicast DIP only entry

Syntax:
l2-table add ip-mcast dip dip port <PORT_LIST:ports | all | none>
l2-table add ip-mcast dip dip ext <PORT_LIST:ext | all | none>
l2-table add ip-mcast dip dip priority priority
l2-table add ip-mcast dip dip port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

t
l3-interface index

a l e k
l2-table add ip-mcast dip dip <priority | l3routing |

Re
forcedl3routing> state <disable | enable>

Parameter:
dip

D E N T -
I A L
destination ip address

C O Nall
F
ports

none
I -

-
specified port list
specify all ports
specify no port
state

c h n o l o g
-

y , I n c
state configuration

e
disable - disable configuration

for L o s o T
enable
priority
ext
-
-

enable configuration
priority configuration
specify a extention port list
l3-interface - specify layer 3 routing interface
l3routing - layer 3 routing configuration
forcedl3routing - forced layer 3 routing configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to add an IP multicast DIP only entry.
DIP = 224.1.1.1
Portmask = Port 0-2
Enable Priority assignment and the priority is 6.

RTK.0> l2-table add ip-mcast dip 224.1.1.1 port 0-2

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)


RTK.0> l2-table add ip-mcast dip 224.1.1.1 priority state enable

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)

SFU Product Page 131 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> l2-table add ip-mcast dip 224.1.1.1 priority 6

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)


RTK.0>

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 132 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get ip-mcast dip


Description:
This command can get an IP multicast DIP only entry

Syntax:
l2-table get ip-mcast dip dip

Parameter:
dip - destination ip address

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get an IP multicast DIP only entry which
DIP = 224.1.1.1.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> l2-table get ip-mcast dip 224.1.1.1

D
C O N F I
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
DestinationIP Member Fwd Pri State Ext DipOnly ForceExt
L3Route L3Idx

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
--------------- ------ --- --- ------ ------ ------- --------

for L o s
0
o T
------- -----
224.1.1.1 0-2 En 6 Auto En Dis Dis

RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 133 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table del ip-mcast dip


Description:
This command can delete a IP multicast DIP only entry.

Syntax:
l2-table del ip-mcast dip dip

Parameter:
dip - destination ip address

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to delete an IP multicast DIP only entry
which DIP = 224.1.1.1.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> l2-table del ip-mcast dip 224.1.1.1

D
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 134 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table add ip-mcast sip dip


Description:
This command add an IP multicast entry with both DIP and SIP.

Syntax:
l2-table add ip-mcast sip sip dip dip port <PORT_LIST:ports |
all | none>
l2-table add ip-mcast sip sip dip dip ext <PORT_LIST:ext | all
| none>
l2-table

a
l2-table
t e k
add ip-mcast sip sip dip dip priority priority

l
add ip-mcast sip sip dip dip priority state <disable

Re
| enable>

Parameter:
sip

D E N T -
I A L
source ip address

C O N
dip

F
ports
all
I -
-

destination ip address
specified port list
specify all ports
none

c h n o l o g
-

y , I n c
specify no port

e
state - state configuration

for L o s o T
disable
enable
priority
-
-
-
disable configuration
enable configuration
priority configuration
ext – specify a extention port list

Examples:
This example shows how to add an IP multicast entry.
DIP = 224.1.1.1
SIP = 10.1.1.1
Portmask = Port 0-2
Enable Priority assignment and the priority is 6.

RTK.0> l2-table add ip-mcast sip 10.1.1.1 dip 224.1.1.1 port


0-2

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)


RTK.0> l2-table add ip-mcast sip 10.1.1.1 dip 224.1.1.1
priority state enable

SFU Product Page 135 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)


RTK.0> l2-table add ip-mcast sip 10.1.1.1 dip 224.1.1.1
priority 6

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)


RTK.0>

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 136 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get ip-mcast sip dip


Description:
This command get an IP multicast entry with both DIP and SIP.

Syntax:
l2-table get ip-mcast sip sip dip dip

Parameter:
sip - source ip address
dip

a l t e k
- destination ip address

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get an IP multicast entry.
DIP = 224.1.1.1

E N
SIP = 10.1.1.1

D T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> l2-table get ip-mcast sip 10.1.1.1 dip 224.1.1.1

g y , I
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)

c h n o l o n c
e
DestinationIP SourceIP Member Fwd Pri State Ext DipOnly

for L o s o T
--------------- --------------- ------ --- --- ------ ------
-------
224.1.1.1 10.1.1.1 Dis 0 Auto Dis

RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 137 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table del ip-mcast sip dip


Description:
The command can delete an IP multicast entry with DIP and SIP

Syntax:
l2-table del ip-mcast sip sip dip dip

Parameter:
sip - source ip address
dip

a l t e k
- destination ip address

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to delete an IP multicast entry.
DIP = 224.1.1.1

E N
SIP = 10.1.1.1

D T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> l2-table del ip-mcast sip 10.1.1.1 dip 224.1.1.1
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 138 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table add ip-mcast vid dip


Description:
This command can add an IP multicast entry with VID & DIP

Syntax:
l2-table add ip-mcast vid vid dip dip port <PORT_LIST:ports |
all | none>
l2-table add ip-mcast vid vid dip dip ext <PORT_LIST:ext | all
| none>
l2-table

a
l2-table
t e k
add ip-mcast vid vid dip dip priority priority

l
add ip-mcast vid vid dip dip priority state <disable

Re
| enable>

Parameter:
vid

D E N T –
I A L
specify the numeric VLAN identifier

C O N
dip

F
ports
all
I -
-

destination ip address
specified port list
specify all ports
none

c h n o l o g
-

y , I n c
specify no port

e
state - state configuration

for L o s o T
disable
enable
priority
-
-
-
disable configuration
enable configuration
priority configuration
ext – specify a extention port list

Examples:
This example shows how to add an IP multicast entry.
DIP = 224.1.1.1
VID = 10
Portmask = Port 0-2
Enable Priority assignment and the priority is 6.

RTK.0> l2-table add ip-mcast vid 10 dip 224.1.1.1 port 0-2

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)


RTK.0> l2-table add ip-mcast vid 10 dip 224.1.1.1 priority
state enable

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)

SFU Product Page 139 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> l2-table add ip-mcast vid 10 dip 224.1.1.1 priority 6

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)


RTK.0>

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 140 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get ip-mcast vid dip


Description:
This command can get an IP multicast entry with VID & DIP

Syntax:
l2-table get ip-mcast vid vid dip dip

Parameter:
vid – specify the numeric VLAN identifier
dip

a l t e k
- destination ip address

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get an IP multicast entry.
DIP = 224.1.1.1
VID = 10

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
DestinationIP SourceIP Member Fwd Pri State Ext DipOnly

g y , I n c
--------------- --------------- ------ --- --- ------ ------

c h n o l o
e
-------

for L o s o T
224.1.1.1

RTK.0>
10.1.1.1 0-2 En 6 Auto Dis

SFU Product Page 141 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table del ip-mcast vid dip


Description:
This command can delete an IP multicast entry with VID & DIP.

Syntax:
l2-table del ip-mcast vid vid dip dip

Parameter:
vid – specify the numeric VLAN identifier
dip

a l t e k
- destination ip address

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to delete an IP multicast entry.
DIP = 224.1.1.1
VID = 10

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> l2-table del ip-mcast vid 10 dip 224.1.1.1
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 142 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table add mac-mcast filter-id


Description:
This command can add a L2 SVL mulitcast entry

Syntax:
l2-table add mac-mcast filter-id fid mac-address mac port
<PORT_LIST:ports | all | none>
l2-table add mac-mcast filter-id fid mac-address mac ext
<PORT_LIST:ext | all | none>

t e k
l2-table add mac-mcast filter-id fid mac-address mac priority
priority

a l
Re
l2-table add mac-mcast filter-id fid mac-address mac priority
state <disable | enable>

Parameter:

D E N T I A L
C O N
fid
mac
F
ports
I -
-
-
filter-id
mac address
specified port list
all

c h n o l o

g y , I n c
specify all ports

e
none - specify no port

for L o s o
state
T
disable
enable
-
-
-
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
priority - priority configuration
ext – specify a extention port list

Examples:
This example shows how to add a L2 SVL multicast entry.
MAC = 01:00:5E:01:02:03
FID = 2
Portmask = Port 0-2

RTK.0> l2-table add mac-mcast filter-id 2 mac-address


01:00:5E:01:02:03 port 0-2

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)


RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 143 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get mac-mcast filter-id


Description:
This command can get a L2 SVL multicast entry.

Syntax:
l2-table get mac-mcast filter-id fid mac-address mac

Parameter:
fid - filter-id
mac

a l t e k
- mac address

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get a L2 SVL multicast entry.

FID = 2

D E N T I
MAC = 01:00:5E:01:02:03

A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> l2-table get mac-mcast filter-id 2 mac-address
01:00:5E:01:02:03

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)

for L o s o T
MACAddress Member FID FwdPriEn Pri Ext
------------------ ------ ---- -------- --- ------
01:00:5E:01:02:03 2 Dis 0

RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 144 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table del mac-mcast filter-id


Description:
This command can delete a L2 SVL multicast entry.

Syntax:
l2-table del mac-mcast filter-id fid mac-address mac

Parameter:
fid - filter-id
mac

a l t e k
- mac address

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to delete a L2 SVL multicast entry.

FID = 2

D E N T I
MAC = 01:00:5E:01:02:03

A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> l2-table del mac-mcast filter-id 2 mac-address
01:00:5E:01:02:03
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 145 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table add mac-mcast vid


Description:
This command can add a L2 IVL mulitcast entry

Syntax:
l2-table add mac-mcast vid vid mac-address mac port
<PORT_LIST:ports | all | none>
l2-table add mac-mcast vid vid mac-address mac ext
<PORT_LIST:ext | all | none>

t e k
l2-table add mac-mcast vid vid mac-address mac priority priority

a l
l2-table add mac-mcast vid vid mac-address mac priority state

Re
<disable | enable>

Parameter:
vid

D E N T–
I A L
specify the numeric VLAN identifier

C O N
mac

F
ports
all
I -
-

mac address
specified port list
specify all ports
none

c h n o l o
-

g y , I n c
specify no port

e
state - state configuration

for L o s o T
disable
enable
priority
-
-
-
disable configuration
enable configuration
priority configuration
ext – specify a extention port list

Examples:
This example shows how to add a L2 IVL multicast entry.
MAC = 01:00:5E:01:02:03
VID = 10
Portmask = Port 0-2

RTK.0> l2-table add mac-mcast vid 10 mac-address


01:00:5E:01:02:03 port 0-2

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)


RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 146 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get mac-mcast vid


Description:
This command can get a L2 IVL mulitcast entry

Syntax:
l2-table get mac-mcast vid vid mac-address mac

Parameter:
vid – specify the numeric VLAN identifier
mac

a l t e k
- mac address

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get a L2 IVL multicast entry.

VID = 10

D E N T I
MAC = 01:00:5E:01:02:03

A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> l2-table get mac-mcast vid 10 mac-address
01:00:5E:01:02:03

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
LUT address: 0x0524 (2K LUT)

for L o s o T
MACAddress Member VID FwdPriEn Pri Ext
------------------ ------ ---- -------- --- ------
01:00:5E:01:02:03 0-2 10 Dis 0

RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 147 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table del mac-mcast vid


Description:
This command can delete a L2 IVL mulitcast entry

Syntax:
l2-table del mac-mcast vid vid mac-address mac

Parameter:
vid – specify the numeric VLAN identifier
mac

a l t e k
- mac address

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to delete a L2 IVL multicast entry.

VID = 10

D E N T I
MAC = 01:00:5E:01:02:03

A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> l2-table del mac-mcast vid 10 mac-address
01:00:5E:01:02:03
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 148 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table add mac-ucast vid


Description:
This command can add a L2 IVL unicast entry

Syntax:
l2-table add mac-ucast vid vid mac-address mac spn port
l2-table add mac-mcast vid vid mac-address mac ext-spn port
l2-table add mac-ucast vid vid mac-address mac filter-id fid
l2-table add mac-ucast vid vid mac-address mac age age

t e k
l2-table add mac-ucast vid vid mac-address mac priority priority

a l
l2-table add mac-ucast vid vid mac-address mac <priority |

Re
sa-priority | arp-usage | auth | da-block | sa-block | static> state
<disable | enable>

Parameter:

D E N T I A L
C O N
vid
mac
spn
F I –
-
-
specify the numeric VLAN identifier
mac address
specify learning source port
ext-spn

c h n o l o g y

, I n c
specify learing extention port

e
fid - filter-id

for L o s
age
o T
priority
state
-
-
-
aging time
priority configuration
state configuration
disable - disable configuration
enable - enable configuration
priority – lookup priority
sa-priority - source address lookup priority
arp-usage - entry for arp record
auth - 1x authed
da-block - destination address block
sa-block - source address block
static - static entry

Examples:
This example shows how to add a L2 IVL unicast entry.
MAC = 00:01:02:03:04:05
VID = 10
Source port = Port 2
Static = ENABLED

SFU Product Page 149 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> l2-table add mac-ucast vid 10 mac-address


00:01:02:03:04:05 static state enable

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)


RTK.0> l2-table add mac-ucast vid 10 mac-address
00:01:02:03:04:05 spn 2

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)


RTK.0>

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 150 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get mac-ucast vid


Description:
This command can get a L2 IVL unicast entry

Syntax:
l2-table get mac-ucast vid vid mac-address mac

Parameter:
vid – specify the numeric VLAN identifier
mac

a l t e k
- mac address

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get a L2 IVL unicast entry.

VID = 10

D E N T I
MAC = 00:01:02:03:04:05

A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> l2-table get mac-ucast vid 10 mac-address
00:01:02:03:04:05

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)

for L o s o T
Block
MACAddress
Spa/ Priority

Ext Fid Efid Age Vid State LRN Sa Fwd Pri


Auth Da Sa Arp
----------------- --- --- ---- --- ---- ------ --- --- --- ---
---- --- --- ---
00:01:02:03:04:05 0/0 0 0 0 10 Auto IVL Dis Dis 0 Dis
Dis Dis Dis

RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 151 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table del mac-ucast vid


Description:
This command can delete a L2 IVL unicast entry

Syntax:
l2-table del mac-ucast vid vid mac-address mac

Parameter:
vid – specify the numeric VLAN identifier
mac

a l t e k
- mac address

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to delete a L2 IVL unicast entry.

VID = 10

D E N T I
MAC = 00:01:02:03:04:05

A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> l2-table del mac-ucast vid 10 mac-address
00:01:02:03:04:05
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 152 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table add mac-ucast filter-id


Description:
This command can add a L2 SVL unicast entry

Syntax:
l2-table add mac-ucast filter-id fid mac-address mac spn port
l2-table add mac-mcast filter-id fid mac-address mac ext-spn
port
l2-table add mac-ucast filter-id fid mac-address mac filter-id
fid

a
l2-table
l t e k
add mac-ucast filter-id fid mac-address mac age age

Re
l2-table add mac-ucast filter-id fid mac-address mac priority
priority

E N T I A L
l2-table add mac-ucast filter-id fid mac-address mac <priority
| sa-priority | arp-usage | auth | da-block | sa-block | static>

D
C O N F I
state <disable | enable>

Parameter:
fid

c h n o l o g
-

y , I n c
filter-id

e
mac - mac address

for L o s
spn
o T
ext-spn
fid
-

-
specify learning source port
specify learing extention port
filter-id
age - aging time
priority - priority configuration
state - state configuration
disable - disable configuration
enable - enable configuration
priority – lookup priority
sa-priority - source address lookup priority
arp-usage - entry for arp record
auth - 1x authed
da-block - destination address block
sa-block - source address block
static - static entry

Examples:
This example shows how to add a L2 SVL unicast entry.
MAC = 00:01:02:03:04:05

SFU Product Page 153 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Filter-ID = 5
Source port = Port 2
Static = ENABLED

RTK.0> l2-table add mac-ucast filter-id 5 mac-address


00:01:02:03:04:05 static state enable

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)


RTK.0> l2-table add mac-ucast filter-id 5 mac-address

t e
00:01:02:03:04:05 spn 2

a l k
Re
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 154 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get mac-ucast filter-id


Description:
This command can get a L2 SVL unicast entry

Syntax:
l2-table get mac-ucast filter-id fid mac-address mac

Parameter:
fid - filter-id
mac

a l t e k
- mac address

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get a L2 SVL unicast entry.

E
Filter-ID = 5

D N T I
MAC = 00:01:02:03:04:05

A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> l2-table get mac-ucast filter-id 5 mac-address
00:01:02:03:04:05

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)

for L o s o T
MACAddress
Auth Da Sa Arp
Spa/ Priority Block
Ext Fid Efid Age Vid State LRN Sa Fwd Pri

----------------- --- --- ---- --- ---- ------ --- --- --- ---
---- --- --- ---
00:01:02:03:04:05 0/0 5 0 0 0 Auto SVL Dis Dis 0 Dis
Dis Dis Dis

RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 155 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table del mac-ucast filter-id


Description:
This command can delete a L2 SVL unicast entry

Syntax:
l2-table del mac-ucast filter-id fid mac-address mac

Parameter:
fid - filter-id
mac

a l t e k
- mac address

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to delete a L2 SVL unicast entry.

E
Filter-ID = 5

D N T I
MAC = 00:01:02:03:04:05

A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> l2-table del mac-ucast filter-id 5 mac-address
00:01:02:03:04:05

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 156 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set mac-ucast enhanced-filter-id


Description:
This command can set enhanced filter ID. Enhanced filter ID is
on hash key for unicast entry. When users add an unicast entry,
enhance filter ID set by this command will be used.

Syntax:
l2-table set mac-ucast enhanced-filter-id efid

Parameter:
efid

a l t e k
- enhanced filter-id

Re Examples:

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to set enhanced fileter ID to 3.

C O N F I
RTK.0> l2-table set mac-ucast enhanced-filter-id 3
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 157 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get entry


Description:
This command can get an entry by specifying a fixed index at
Lookup table.

Syntax:
l2-table get entry address address

Parameter:
address

a l t e k
– specify entry address

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get entry index 1000.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> l2-table get entry address 1000

D
C O N F I
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
L2 Unicast table:
MACAddress

c h n o l g y , I n c
Spa Fid Efid Age Vid State Hash

o
e
00:00:00:00:00:00 0 0 0 0 0 Auto SVL

for L o s o
Dis T
SaPriEn FwdPriEn Pri Auth DaBlock SaBlock Arp ExtDsl
Dis 0 Dis Dis Dis Dis 0

RTK.0> l2-table set mac-ucast enhanced-filter-id 3

SFU Product Page 158 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table del all


Description:
This command can clear entire Lookup table.

Syntax:
l2-table del all [include-static]

Parameter:
include-static - include static entry

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to clear entire Lookup table including
static entry

E N T I A L
RTK.0> l2-table del all include-static

D
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 159 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get next-entry


Description:
This command can get next entry after specified index. If
specified index is a valid entry, this entry will be returned.
If specified index is a non-valid entry, the next valid entry
will be returned.

Syntax:
l2-table get next-entry address address
l2-table

a
l2-table
get

l
get
t e k
next-entry
next-entry
mac-ucast address address
mac-ucast address address spn port

Re
l2-table get next-entry l2-mcast address address
l2-table get next-entry ip-mcast address address
l2-table

D
get

E N I A
next-entry

T Ll2-ip-mcast address address

C O N F I
Parameter:
address
mac-ucast

-
specify entry address
unicast entry
spn

c h n o l o g y
-

, I n c
specify learning source port

e
l2-mcast - l2 multicast entry

for L o s o T
ip-mcast
l2-ip-mcast
-
-
ip multicast entry
either l2 or ip multicast entry

Examples:
This example shows how to get next valid entry after index 1000.
RTK.0> l2-table get next-entry address 1000

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)


L2 Unicast table:
MACAddress Spa Fid Efid Age Vid State Hash
00:00:00:00:00:00 0 0 0 0 0 Auto SVL
SaPriEn FwdPriEn Pri Auth DaBlock SaBlock Arp ExtDsl
Dis Dis 0 Dis Dis Dis Dis 0

RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 160 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set link-down-flush


Description:
This command can configure link-down-flush feature. By enabling
this feature, all dynamic entry will be flushed when a port is
like down.

Syntax:
l2-table set link-down-flush state <disable | enable>

Parameter:
state

a l t e k
- state configuration

Re
disable - disable configuration
enable - enable configuration

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to configure link-down-flush feature to
disabled.

g y , I n c
RTK.0> l2-table set link-down-flush state enable

c h n o l o
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 161 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get link-down-flush


Description:
This command can get current state of link-down-flush feature.

Syntax:
l2-table get link-down-flush state

Parameter:
state - state configuration

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get link-down flush state.

D E N T I A L
RTK.0> l2-table get link-down-flush state

C O N F I
Link down flush state: Enable
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 162 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set flush mac-ucast


Description:
This command can flush unicast entries in Lookup table.

Syntax:
l2-table set flush mac-ucat [include-static]
l2-table set flush mac-ucat static-only
l2-table set flush mac-ucat port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>
[include-static]

t e k
l2-table set flush mac-ucat port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

a
static-only
l
Re
l2-table set flush mac-ucat port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>
filter-id fid [include-static]

E N T
filter-id fid static-only

D I A L
l2-table set flush mac-ucat port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

C O N F I
l2-table set flush mac-ucat port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> vid vid
[include-static]
l2-table set flush mac-ucat port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> vid vid
static-only

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T
Parameter:
ports
all
e -

specified port list
specify all ports
include-static - include static entry
Static-only - static entry only
fid - filter-id
vid – specify the numeric VLAN identifier

Examples:
This example shows how to flush all dynamic entry at Port 2 only.

RTK.0> l2-table set flush mac-ucast port 2


RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 163 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get learning-count


Description:
This command can get current dynamic entry learning counter for
a specified port or system.

Syntax:
l2-table get learning-count
l2-table get learning-count port <PORT_LIST:ports | all >

Parameter:
ports

a l t e k
– specify a port list

Re
all - specify all ports

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get current learnig counter at port

D
C O N
2.

F I
RTK.0> l2-table get learning-count port 2

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Port 2 learning counter: 0

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 164 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set ip-mcast-mode


Description:
This command can set hash mode for IPv4 multicast packet.

Syntax:
l2-table set ip-mcast-mode <dip-and-sip | dip-and-vid |
vid-and-mac>

Parameter:
dip-and-sip

a
dip-and-vid
l t e k
- lookup hashing with dip and sip
- lookup hashing with dip and vid

Re
vid-and-mac - lookup hashing with vid and mac address

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to configure IPv4 multicast hash methed

D
C O N F I
to DIP and SIP.

RTK.0> l2-table set ip-mcast-mode dip-and-sip


RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 165 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get ip-mcast-mode


Description:
This command can get hash mode for IPv4 multicast packet.

Syntax:
l2-table get ip-mcast-mode

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get IPv4 multicast hash method

D E N T I A L
RTK.0> l2-table get ip-mcast-mode

C O N F I
IPMC mode : DIP + SIP
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 166 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set lookup-miss action


Description:
This command can configure the per port lookup miss (IPv4
multicast/IPv6 multicast/L2 multicast/Unicat) packets action.

Syntax:
l2-table set lookup-miss port <PORT_LIST:ports | all > <
ip-mcast | ip6-mcast> action <drop | flood-in-vlan | trap-to-cpu>
l2-table set lookup-miss port <PORT_LIST:ports | all > multicast

t e k
action <drop | drop-exclude-rma | flood-in-vlan | trap-to-cpu>

a l
l2-table set lookup-miss port <PORT_LIST:ports | all > unicast

Re
action <drop | flood-in-vlan | trap-to-cpu>

Parameter:
ports

D E N T–
I A L
specify a port list

C O N
all

F I
ip-mcast
ip6-mcast
-
-
-
specify all ports
ipv4 unknown multicast
ipv6 unknown multicast
multicast

c h n o l o
-

g y , I n c
l2 unknown multicast

e
unicast - unknown unicast

for L o s o
drop
T
drop-exclude-rma
flood-in-vlan
-
-
-
drop packet
drop packets but exclude rma
flood in vlan
trap-to-cpu - trap packet to cpu port

Examples:
This example shows how to configure lookup miss packet action:
Port 0 unknown L2 multicast: Drop but exclude RMA
Port 1 unknown IPv4 multicast: Trap to CPU
Port 2 unknown IPv6 multicast: Flood in VLAN
Port 3 unknown unicast: Drop

RTK.0> l2-table set lookup-miss port 0 multicast action


drop-exclude-rma
RTK.0> l2-table set lookup-miss port 1 ip-mcast action
trap-to-cpu
RTK.0> l2-table set lookup-miss port 2 ip6-mcast action
flood-in-vlan
RTK.0> l2-table set lookup-miss port 3 unicast action drop

SFU Product Page 167 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0>

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 168 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get lookup-miss action


Description:
This command can get the per port lookup miss (IPv4
multicast/IPv6 multicast/L2 multicast/Unicat) packets action.

Syntax:
l2-table get lookup-miss port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> <ip-mcast
| ip6-mcast | multicast | unicast >

Parameter:
ports

a l t e -k specified port list

Re
all – specify all ports
ip-mcast - ipv4 unknown multicast
ip6-mcast
multicast

D E N T I A
-

L
ipv6 unknown multicast
- l2 unknown multicast

C O N F I
unicast

Examples:
- unknown unicast

g y , I n c
This example shows how to get L2 muliticast lookup miss packet

c h n o l o
e
action at port 0-3

for L o s o T
RTK.0> l2-table get lookup-miss port 0-3 multicast

Port 0 lookup-miss multicast Action: Drop exclude RMA


Port 1 lookup-miss multicast Action: Forward
Port 2 lookup-miss multicast Action: Forward
Port 3 lookup-miss multicast Action: Forward
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 169 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set ip-mcast-data action


Description:
This command can set per port IP multicast packets receiving
state. If user set this feature to drop, all ip multicast
received will be dropped.

Syntax:
l2-table set ip-mcast-data port <PORT_LIST:ports | all > action
<drop | forward>

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
ports – specify a port list
all - specify all ports
drop
forward

D E N T I A L
- drop packet
- forward packet

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to configure the action of IP multicast

g y ,
packets at port 0 to “drop”

c h n o l o I n c
for L o s o T e
RTK.0> l2-table set ip-mcast-data port 0 action drop
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 170 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get ip-mcast-data action


Description:
This command can get per port IP multicast packets receiving
state.

Syntax:
l2-table get ip-mcast-data port <PORT_LIST:ports | all > action

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e k
– specify a port list
- specify all ports

Re Examples:

E
at port 0-6

D N T I A L
This example shows how to get the action of IP multicast packets

C O N F I
RTK.0> l2-table get ip-mcast-data port 0 action

g y ,
Port 0 IPMC action: Drop

c h n o l o I n c
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 171 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set port-move action


Description:
This command can configure source MAC address movement action.
Only when the action is configured to “forward”, the MAC address
will be moved to new source port.

Syntax:
l2-table set port-move action <copy-to-cpu | drop | forward |
trap-to-cpu>

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
drop - drop packet
trap-to-cpu - trap packet to cpu port
forward
copy-to-cpu

D E N T I A L
- forward packet
- copy packet to cpu port

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to configure port-move action to “drop”.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> l2-table set port-move port 0-6 action drop

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 172 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get port-move action


Description:
This command can get source MAC address movement action.
Syntax:
l2-table get port-move action

Parameter:
None

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to get port-move action

Re RTK.0> l2-table get port-move port 0-6

Port 0

D E N
Port
T
move
I A L
Action: Drop

C O N F I
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
Port
Port
Port
move
move
move
Action:
Action:
Action:
Drop
Drop
Drop
Port 4

c
Port

h n o l g
move

o y , I n c
Action: Drop

e
Port 5 Port move Action: Drop

for L o s o T
Port 6
RTK.0>
Port move Action: Drop

SFU Product Page 173 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set unknown-sa action


Description:
This command can set the action of unknown source MAC address.

Syntax:
l2-table set unknown-sa action <copy-to-cpu | drop | forward |
trap-to-cpu>

Parameter:
drop

a
trap-to-cpu
l t e-
- k
drop packet
trap packet to cpu port

Re
forward - forward packet
copy-to-cpu - copy packet to cpu port

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to configure the action of unknown source
MAC address to “trap to CPU”.

g y , I n c
RTK.0> l2-table set unknown-sa port 0-6 action trap-to-cpu

c h n o l o
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 174 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get unknown-sa action


Description:
This command can get the action of unknown source MAC address.

Syntax:
l2-table get unknown-sa action

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get the action of unknown source MAC
address

E N T I A L
RTK.0> l2-table get unknown-sa port 0-6 action

D
C O N F I
Port 0
Port 1
unknown
unknown
SA
SA
Action:
Action:
Trap
Trap
to
to
CPU
CPU
Port 2

c
unknown

h n o l o g
SA

y , I n c
Action: Trap to CPU

e
Port 3 unknown SA Action: Trap to CPU

for L o s o T
Port 4
Port 5
Port 6
unknown
unknown
unknown
SA
SA
SA
Action:
Action:
Action:
Trap
Trap
Trap
to
to
to
CPU
CPU
CPU
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 175 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set lookup-miss flood-ports


Description:
This command can configure the flooding portmask of lookup miss
packets.

Syntax:
l2-table set lookup-miss <broadcast | unicast | multicast>
flood-ports <PORT_LIST:ports | all | none>

Parameter:

a
broadcast
l t e- k
broadcast

Re
unicast - unicast
multicast - multicast
ports
all

D E N T
-

I A L
specified port list
– specify all ports

C O N F
none
I
Examples:
- specify no port

g y , I n c
This example shows how to configure the flooding portmask of

c h n o l o
e
broadcast / unknown unicast / unknown multicast packets:

for L o s o T
Broadcast: flood to all ports
Unknown unicast: flood to port 1
Unknown multicast: flood to port 0-2

RTK.0> l2-table set lookup-miss broadcast flood-ports 0-6


RTK.0> l2-table set lookup-miss unicast flood-ports 1
RTK.0> l2-table set lookup-miss multicast flood-ports 0-2
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 176 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get lookup-miss flood-ports


Description:
This command can get the flooding portmask of lookup miss
packets.

Syntax:
l2-table get lookup-miss <broadcast | unicast | multicast>

Parameter:
broadcast

a
unicast
l t e k
- broadcast
- unicast

Re
multicast - multicast

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get the flooding portmask of broadcast

D
C O N F I
/ unknown unicast / unknown multicast packets:

RTK.0> l2-table get lookup-miss broadcast flood-ports

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Lookup-miss Broadcast Lookup miss flood portmask: 0-6

for L o s o T
RTK.0> l2-table get lookup-miss unicast flood-ports

Lookup-miss Unicast Lookup miss flood portmask: 1


RTK.0> l2-table get lookup-miss multicast flood-ports

Lookup-miss Multicast Lookup miss flood portmask: 0-2


RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 177 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set lookup-miss multicast trap-priority


Description:
This command can configure the priority for trapped unknown
multicast packets.

Syntax:
l2-table set lookup-miss multicast trap-priority priority

Parameter:
priority

a l t e k
- priority configuration

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to configure the priority for trapped

D E N T I A L
unknown multicast packets as 2:

C O N F I
RTK.0> l2-table set lookup-miss multicast trap-priority 2
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 178 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get lookup-miss multicast trap-priority


Description:
This command can get the priority for trapped unknown multicast
packets.

Syntax:
l2-table get lookup-miss multicast trap-priority

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get the priority for trapped unknown
multicast packets.

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> l2-table get lookup-miss multicast trap-priority

Lookup-miss multicast trap-priority: 2


RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 179 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set lookup-miss multicast reserved-flooding


Description:
This command can configure the action of reserved unknown IP
multicast address packet. The reserved IP multicast is 224.0.0.0
~ 224.0.0.255 for IPv4 and FFXX::00XX for IPv6.

Syntax:
l2-table set lookup-miss multicast reserved-flooding <disable
| enable>

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
disable - disable configuration
enable - enable configuration

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to configure the action of unknown
reserved IP multicast packets to “flood”.

g y , I n c
RTK.0> l2-table set lookup-miss multicast reserved-flooding

c h n o l o
e
enable

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 180 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get lookup-miss reserved-flooding


Description:
This command can get the action of reserved unknown IP multicast
address packet.

Syntax:
l2-table get lookup-miss reserved-flooding

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get the action of unknown reserved IP
multicast packets

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> l2-table get lookup-miss multicast reserved-flooding

Unknown reserved IP multicast Flooding: Enable


RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 181 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.5. trap commands

trap init
Description:
This command can initialize trap related functions.

k
Syntax:
trap init

a l t e
Re Parameter:
None

D E N T I A L
I
Examples:

C O N F
This example shows how to initial trap reltated functions.

n c
RTK.0> trap init
RTK.0>

T e c h n o l o g y , I
for L o s o

SFU Product Page 182 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trap set cdp


Description:
This command can configure the action of CDP packets

Syntax:
trap set cdp action <drop | forward | forward-exclude-cpu |
trap-to-cpu>

Parameter:
drop

a
trap-to-cpu
l t e-
- k
drop packet
trap packet to cpu port

Re
forward - forward packet
forward-exclude-c - forward packet exclude to cpu port
pu

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to configure the action of CDP packet to
“Drop”

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> trap set cdp action drop

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 183 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trap get cdp


Description:
This command can get the action of CDP packets

Syntax:
trap get cdp action

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get the action of CDP packets

CDP Drop

D E N T I A
RTK.0> trap get cdp action

L
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 184 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trap set csstp


Description:
This command can configure the action CSSTP packets

Syntax:
trap set csstp action <drop | forward | forward-exclude-cpu |
trap-to-cpu>

Parameter:
drop

a
trap-to-cpu
l t e-
- k
drop packet
trap packet to cpu port

Re
forward - forward packet
forward-exclude-c - forward packet exclude to cpu port
pu

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to configure the action of CSSTP packet
to Drop.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> trap set csstp action drop

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 185 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trap get csstp


Description:
Thie command can get the action of CSSTP packets

Syntax:
trap get csstp action

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get the action of CSSTP packet

CSSTP Drop

D E N T I A
RTK.0> trap get csstp action

L
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 186 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.6. rma commands

rma set action


Description:
This command can configure the action of RMA (Reserved Multicast
Address) packets. Make sure that ‘trap init’ command is executed

k
before.

a l t e
Re
Syntax:
rma set address rma_tail action <drop | forward |
forward-exclude-cpu | trap-to-cpu>

D E N T I A L
I
Parameter:

C O N F
rma_tail
drop
-
-
last byte of 01:80:C2:00:00:xx address
drop packet

n c
trap-to-cpu - trap packet to cpu port
forward

T e c h n o l o-

g y , I
forward packet

o
forward-exclude-c - forward packet exclude to cpu port

for L o s
pu

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the action of MAC_DA =
01:80:C2:00:00:01 to “trap to CPU”.

RTK.0> rma set address 01 action trap-to-cpu


RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 187 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rma get action


Description:
This command can get the action of RMA (Reserved Multicast
Address) packets. Make sure that ‘trap init’ command is executed
before.

Syntax:
rma get address rma_tail action

Parameter:

a
rma_tail
l t e k
- last byte of 01:80:C2:00:00:xx address

Re Examples:

E N T I A
01:80:C2:00:00:01 packets.

D L
This example shows how to get the action of MAC_DA =

C O N F I
RTK.0> rma get address 01 action
RMA 01-80-C2-00-00-01 action: Trap to CPU
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 188 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rma set priority


Description:
This command can configure the trapping priority when for RMA
(Reserved Multicast Address) packets. Make sure that ‘trap init’
command is executed before.

Syntax:
rma set priority priority

Parameter:

a
priority
l t e k
- priority configuration

Re Examples:

E
packet to 4.

D N T I A L
This example shows how to configure the trapping priority of RMA

C O N F I
RTK.0> rma set priority 4
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 189 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rma get priority


Description:
This command can get the trapping priority when for RMA (Reserved
Multicast Address) packets. Make sure that ‘trap init’ command
is executed before.

Syntax:
rma get priority

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re Examples:

packet.

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to get the trapping priority of RMA

C O N F I
RTK.0> rma get priority
The RMA trap priority = 4
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 190 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rma dump
Description:
This command can get all supported RMA configurations. Make sure
that ‘trap init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
rma dump

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get all RMA related configurations.

E N
RTK.0> rma dump

D T I A L
C O N F I
RMA 01-80-C2-00-00-xx
trail action
00 Forward 01 Drop 02 Drop
03 Forward

c h n o l o g
04

y , I n c
Forward 05 Forward

e
06 Forward 07 Forward 08 Forward

for L o s
09
0c
0f
o T Forward
Forward
Forward
0a
0d
10
Forward
Forward
Forward
0b
0e
11
Forward
Forward
Forward
12 Forward 13 Forward 14 Forward
15 Forward 16 Forward 17 Forward
18 Forward 19 Forward 1a Forward
1b Forward 1c Forward 1d Forward
1e Forward 1f Forward 20 Forward
21 Forward 22 Forward 23 Forward
24 Forward 25 Forward 26 Forward
27 Forward 28 Forward 29 Forward
2a Forward 2b Forward 2c Forward
2d Forward 2e Forward 2f Forward
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 191 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.7. igmp commands

igmp set action


Description:
This command can configure action of IGMP/MLD packets. Make sure
that ‘trap init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:

a l t e k
Re
igmp set <igmpv1 | igmpv2 | igmpv3 | mldv1 | mldv2> port
<PORT_LIST:ports | all> action <drop | forward | trap-to-cpu>

Parameter:

D E N T I A L
I
ports – specify a port list

C O Nall
F
igmpv1
-
-
specify all ports
igmp version 1

n c
igmpv2 - igmp version 2
igmpv3

T e c h n o l o g y ,-
I igmp version 3

o
mldv1 - mld version 1

for L o s
mldv2
drop
forward
-
-
-
mld version 2
drop packet
forward packet
trap-to-cpu - trap packet to cpu port

Examples:
This example shows how to set IGMP/MLD packet action at Port 0
to “Trap to CPU”.

RTK.0> igmp set igmpv1 port 0 action trap-to-cpu


RTK.0> igmp set igmpv2 port 0 action trap-to-cpu
RTK.0> igmp set igmpv3 port 0 action trap-to-cpu
RTK.0> igmp set mldv1 port 0 action trap-to-cpu
RTK.0> igmp set mldv2 port 0 action trap-to-cpu
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 192 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp get action


Description:
This command can configure action of IGMP/MLD packets. Make sure
that ‘trap init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
trap get <igmpv1 | igmpv2 | igmpv3 | mldv1 | mldv2> port
<PORT_LIST:ports | all> action

Parameter:
ports

a l t e k
– specify a port list

Re
all - specify all ports

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get IGMPv2 packet action at Port 0.

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> igmp get igmpv2 port 0 action

g y , I n
Port: 0, IGMPv2 : Trap to CPU

c h n o l o c
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 193 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp set igmp-mld checksum-error


Description:
This command can configure action of IGMP/MLD checksum error
packets. Make sure that ‘trap init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
igmp set igmp-mld checksum-error action <drop | forward |
trap-to-cpu>

Parameter:
drop

a l t e k
- drop packet

Re
forward - forward packet
trap-to-cpu - trap packet to cpu port

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to configure the action of IGMP/MLD
checksum error packet as drop.

g y , I n c
RTK.0> igmp set igmp-mld checksum-error action drop

c h n o l o
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 194 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp get igmp-mld checksum-error


Description:
This command can get action of IGMP/MLD checksum error packets.
Make sure that ‘trap init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
igmp get igmp-mld checksum-error action

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get the action of IGMP/MLD checksum
error packet

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> igmp get igmp-mld checksum-error action
IGMP/MLD Checksum error Action: Drop
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 195 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp set igmp-mld isolation-leaky


Description:
This command can configure the state of IGMP/MLD isolation leaky
function. Make sure that ‘trap init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
igmp set igmp-mld isolation-leaky state <disable | enable>

Parameter:
state

a
disable
l t e k
- state configuration
- disable configuration

Re
enable - enable configuration

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to configure the state of IGMP/MLD

D
C O N F I
isolation leaky function as enabled.

RTK.0> igmp set igmp-mld isolation-leaky state enable


RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 196 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp get igmp-mld isolation-leaky


Description:
This command can get the state of IGMP/MLD isolation leaky
function. Make sure that ‘trap init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
igmp get igmp-mld isolation-leaky state

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get the state of IGMP/MLD isolation
leaky function.

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> igmp get igmp-mld isolation-leaky state
IGMP/MLD Isolation Leaky: Enable
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 197 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp set igmp-mld vlan-leaky


Description:
This command can configure the state of IGMP/MLD VLAN leaky
function. Make sure that ‘trap init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
igmp set igmp-mld vlan-leaky state <disable | enable>

Parameter:
state

a
disable
l t e k
- state configuration
- disable configuration

Re
enable - enable configuration

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to configure the state of IGMP/MLD VLAN

D
C O N F I
leaky function as enabled.

RTK.0> igmp set igmp-mld vlan-leaky state enable


RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 198 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp get igmp-mld vlan-leaky


Description:
This command can get the state of IGMP/MLD VLAN leaky function.
Make sure that ‘trap init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
igmp get igmp-mld vlan-leaky state

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get the state of IGMP/MLD VLAN leaky
function.

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> igmp get igmp-mld vlan-leaky state
IGMP/MLD VLAN Leaky: Enable
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 199 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp set ip-mcast-lookup-mode


Description:
This command can configure IP multicast lookup mode. Make sure
that ‘l2 init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
igmp set ip-mcast-lookup-mode <dip-and-sip | dip-only>

Parameter:
dip-and-sip

a
dip-only
l t e k
- lookup hashing with dip and sip
- lookup hashing with dip only

Re Examples:

E
“DIP only”.

D N T I A L
This example shows how to configure IP multicast lookup mode to

C O N F I
RTK.0> igmp set ip-mcast-lookup-mode dip-only
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 200 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp get ip-mcast-lookup-mode


Description:
This command can get IP multicast lookup mode. Make sure that
‘l2 init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
igmp get ip-mcast-lookup-mode

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get IP multicast lookup mode.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> igmp get ip-mcast-lookup-mode

D
C O N F I
IPMC lookup mode: DIP only
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 201 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp set ip-mcast-table


Description:
This command can set an entry into IP multicast table.

Syntax:
igmp set ip-mcast-table index index group-ip dip port
<PORT_LIST:ports | all | none>

Parameter:
index
dip

a l t e-
- k
entry index
destination ip address

Re
ports - specified port list
all – specify all ports
none

D E N T
-

I A L
specify no port

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to set an entry into index 0 of IP
multicast table.
Group IP: 224.1.2.3

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Port: 0-6

for L o s o T
RTK.0> igmp set ip-mcast-table index 0 group-ip 224.1.2.3 port
0-6
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 202 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp get ip-mcast-table


Description:
This command shows how to get an entry from IP multicast table.

Syntax:
igmp get ip-mcast-table index index

Parameter:
index - entry index

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get index 0 from IP multicast table.

D E N T I A L
RTK.0> igmp get ip-mcast-table index 0

C O N F
DIPI
Index

Portmask
: 0
: 224.1.2.3
: 0-6
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 203 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.8. Storm Control commands

storm-control set broadcast state


Description:
This command can enable the storm finction. System only supports
4 storm type enable at same time. Before configuration storm

k
control, user must enable the storm type first. Make sure that

l t e
‘rate init’ command is executed before.

a
Re Syntax:
storm-control set broadcast state <disable | enable>
storm-control

D E N T
set

I A L
multicast state <disable | enable>

I
storm-control set unknown-multicast state <disable | enable>

C O N F
storm-control
storm-control
set
set
unknown-unicast state <disable | enable>
arp-storm <disable | enable>

n c
storm-control set dscp-storm state <disable | enable>
storm-control

T e c h n o l o
set

g y , I
igmp-mld-storm state <disable | enable>

for L o s o
Parameter:
state
disable
- state configuration
- disable configuration
enable - enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to enable broadcast-storm,
multicast-storm, dscp-storm and arp-storm.
System only supports 4 storm type enable at same time.

RTK.0> storm-control set broadcast state enable


RTK.0> storm-control set multicast state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set unknown-multicast state disable
RTK.0> storm-control set unknown-unicast state disable
RTK.0> storm-control set arp-storm state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set dhcp-storm state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set igmp-mld-storm state disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 204 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control set boradcast


Description:
This command can configure broadcast storm relative setting.
Make sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
storm-control set broadcast state <disable | enable>
storm-control set broadcast port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state
<disable | enable>

t e k
storm-control set broadcast port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> meter
index

a l
Re Parameter:
ports
all

D E N T I
-
A L
– specify a port list
specify all ports

C O N F
state
I
disable
enable
-
-
-
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
meter

c h n o l o g
-

y , I n c
policing meter configuration

for L o s o T
Examples:
e
This example shows how to configure broadcast storm enable at
port 0 and set the meter index as 0. The strom rate limit set
to 8kbps.

RTK.0> meter set entry 0 rate 8


RTK.0> storm-control set broadcast state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set broadcast port 0 state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set broadcast port 0 meter 0

SFU Product Page 205 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control get boradcast


Description:
This command can get the broadcast storm relative setting. Make
sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
storm-control get broadcast
storm-control get broadcast port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

Parameter:
ports

a l t e k
– specify a port list

Re
all - specify all ports

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get broadcast storm control function

D
C O N F I
setting.
RTK.0> storm-control get broadcast
State: Enable

g y , I n c
RTK.0> storm-control get broadcast port 0-6

c h n o l o
e
Port State Meter

for L o0
1
2
s o T
Enable 0
Disable 0
Disable 0
3 Disable 0
4 Disable 0
5 Disable 0
6 Disable 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 206 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control set multicast


Description:
This command can configure multicast storm relative setting.
Make sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
storm-control set multicast state <disable | enable>
storm-control set multicast port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state
<disable | enable>

t e k
storm-control set multicast port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> meter
index

a l
Re
Parameter:
ports – specify a port list
all
state

D E N T I
-
A L
- specify all ports
state configuration

C O N F I
disable
enable
meter
-
-
-
disable configuration
enable configuration
policing meter configuration

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Examples:

for L o s o T
This example shows how to configure multicast storm enable at
port 0 and set the meter index as 0. The strom rate limit set
to 8 kbps.

RTK.0> meter set entry 0 rate 8


RTK.0> storm-control set multicast state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set multicast port 0 state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set multicast port 0 meter 0

SFU Product Page 207 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control get multicast


Description:
This command can get the multicast storm relative setting. Make
sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
storm-control get multicast
storm-control get multicast port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

Parameter:
ports

a l t e k
– specify a port list

Re
all - specify all ports

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get multicast storm control function

D
C O N F I
setting.
RTK.0> storm-control get multicast
State: Enable

g y , I n c
RTK.0> storm-control get multicast port 0-6

c h n o l o
e
Port State Meter

for L o0
1
2
s o T
Enable 0
Disable 0
Disable 0
3 Disable 0
4 Disable 0
5 Disable 0
6 Disable 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 208 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control set unknown-multicast


Description:
This command can configure unknown-multicast storm relative
setting. Make sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
storm-control set unknown-multicast state <disable | enable>
storm-control set unknown-multicast port <PORT_LIST:ports |
all> state <disable | enable>

t e k
storm-control set unknown-multicast port <PORT_LIST:ports |

a l
all> meter index

Re Parameter:
ports
all

D E N T I
-
A L
– specify a port list
specify all ports

C O N F
state
I
disable
enable
-
-
-
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
meter

c h n o l o g
-

y , I n c
policing meter configuration

for L o s o T
Examples:
e
This example shows how to configure unknown-multicast storm
enable at port 0 and set the meter index as 0. The
unknown-multicast strom rate limit set to 8 kbps.

RTK.0> meter set entry 0 rate 8


RTK.0> storm-control set unknown-multicast state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set unknown-multicast port 0 state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set unknown-multicast port 0 meter 0

SFU Product Page 209 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control get unknown-multicast


Description:
This command can get the unknown-multicast storm relative
setting. Make sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
storm-control get unknown-multicast
storm-control get unknown-multicast port <PORT_LIST:ports |
all>

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
ports – specify a port list
all - specify all ports
alternated

D E N T I A L
- alternated function

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to get unknown-multicast storm control
function setting.

g y , I n c
RTK.0> storm-control get unknown-multicast

c h n o l o
e
State: Enable

for L o s o T
RTK.0> storm-control get unknown-multicast port 0-6
Port State
0 Enable 0
Meter

1 Disable 0
2 Disable 0
3 Disable 0
4 Disable 0
5 Disable 0
6 Disable 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 210 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control set unknown-unicast


Description:
This command can configure unknown-unicast storm relative
setting. Make sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
storm-control set unknown-unicast state <disable | enable>
storm-control set unknown-unicast port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>
state <disable | enable>
storm-control

a
meter index
l t e k
set unknown-unicast port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

Re Parameter:
ports
all

D E N T I
-
A L
– specify a port list
specify all ports

C O N F
state
I
disable
enable
-
-
-
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
meter

c h n o l o g
-

y , I n c
policing meter configuration

for L o s o T
Examples:
e
This example shows how to configure unknown-unicast storm enable
at port 0 and set the meter index as 0. The unknown-unicast strom
rate limit set to 8 kbps.

RTK.0> meter set entry 0 rate 8


RTK.0> storm-control set unknown-unicast state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set unknown-unicast port 0 state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set unknown-unicast port 0 meter 0

SFU Product Page 211 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control get unknown-unicast


Description:
This command can get the unknown-unicast storm relative setting.
Make sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
storm-control get unknown-unicast
storm-control get unknown-unicast port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

Parameter:
ports

a l t e k
– specify a port list

Re
all - specify all ports
alternated - alternated function

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to get unknown-unicast storm control
function setting.
RTK.0> storm-control get unknown-unicast
State: Enable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> storm-control get unknown-unicast port 0-6

for L o s o T
Port State
0
1
Enable 0
Meter

Disable 0
2 Disable 0
3 Disable 0
4 Disable 0
5 Disable 0
6 Disable 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 212 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control set arp-storm


Description:
This command can configure arp storm relative setting. Make sure
that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
storm-control set arp-storm state <disable | enable>
storm-control set arp-storm port <PORT_LIST:ports | all > state
<disable | enable>

t e k
storm-control set arp-storm port <PORT_LIST:ports | all > meter
index

a l
Re Parameter:
ports
all

D E N T I
-
A L
– specify a port list
specify all ports

C O N F
state
I
disable
enable
-
-
-
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
meter

c h n o l o g
-

y , I n c
policing meter configuration

for L o s o T
Examples:
e
This example shows how to configure arp-storm enable at port 0
and set the meter index as 0. The arp-storm rate limit set to
8 kbps.

RTK.0> meter set entry 0 rate 8


RTK.0> storm-control set arp-storm state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set arp-storm port 0 state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set arp-storm port 0 meter 0

SFU Product Page 213 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control get arp-storm


Description:
This command can get the arp storm relative setting. Make sure
that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
storm-control get arp-storm
storm-control get arp-storm port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

Parameter:
ports

a l t e k
– specify a port list

Re
all - specify all ports

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get arp-storm control function

D
C O N F I
setting.
RTK.0> storm-control get arp-storm
State: Enable

g y , I n c
RTK.0> storm-control get arp-storm port 0-6

c h n o l o
e
Port State Meter

for L o0
1
2
s o T
Enable 0
Disable 0
Disable 0
3 Disable 0
4 Disable 0
5 Disable 0
6 Disable 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 214 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control set dhcp-storm


Description:
This command can configure dhcp storm relative setting. Make
sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
storm-control set dhcp-storm state <disable | enable>
storm-control set dhcp-storm port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state
<disable | enable>

t e k
storm-control set dhcp-storm port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> meter
index

a l
Re Parameter:
ports
all

D E N T I
-
A L
– specify a port list
specify all ports

C O N F
state
I
disable
enable
-
-
-
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
meter

c h n o l o g
-

y , I n c
policing meter configuration

for L o s o T
Examples:
e
This example shows how to configure dhcp-storm enable at port
0 and set the meter index as 0. The dhcp-storm rate limit set
to 8 kbps.

RTK.0> meter set entry 0 rate 8


RTK.0> storm-control set dhcp-storm state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set dhcp-storm port 0 state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set dhcp-storm port 0 meter 0

SFU Product Page 215 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control get dhcp-storm


Description:
This command can get the dhcp storm relative setting. Make sure
that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
storm-control get dhcp-storm
storm-control get dhcp-storm port <PORT_LIST:ports | all

Parameter:
ports

a l t e k
– specify a port list

Re
all - specify all ports

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get dhcp-storm control function

D
C O N F I
setting.
RTK.0> storm-control get dhcp-storm
State: Enable

g y , I n c
RTK.0> storm-control get dhcp-storm port 0-6

c h n o l o
e
Port State Meter

for L o0
1
2
s o T
Enable 0
Disable 0
Disable 0
3 Disable 0
4 Disable 0
5 Disable 0
6 Disable 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 216 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control set igmp-mld-storm


Description:
This command can configure igmp-mld storm relative setting. Make
sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
storm-control set igmp-mld-storm state <disable | enable>
storm-control set igmp-mld-storm port <PORT_LIST:ports | all >
state <disable | enable>
storm-control

a
meter index
l t e k
set igmp-mld-storm port <PORT_LIST:ports | all >

Re Parameter:
ports
all

D E N T I

-
A L
specify a port list
specify all ports

C O N F
state
I
disable
enable
-
-
-
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
meter

c h n o l o g
-

y , I n c
policing meter configuration

for L o s o T
Examples:
e
This example shows how to configure igmp-mld-storm enable at
port 0 and set the meter index as 0. The igmp-mld-storm rate limit
set to 8 kbps.

RTK.0> meter set entry 0 rate 8


RTK.0> storm-control set igmp-mld-storm state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set igmp-mld-storm port 0 state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set igmp-mld-storm port 0 meter 0

SFU Product Page 217 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control get igmp-mld-storm


Description:
This command can get the igmp-mld storm relative setting. Make
sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
storm-control get igmp-mld-storm
storm-control get igmp-mld-storm port <PORT_LIST:ports |
all

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
ports – specify a port list
all - specify all ports

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to get igmp-mld-storm control function
setting.
RTK.0> storm-control get igmp-mld-storm
State: Enable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> storm-control get igmp-mld-storm port 0-6

for L o s o T
Port State
0
1
Enable 0
Meter

Disable 0
2 Disable 0
3 Disable 0
4 Disable 0
5 Disable 0
6 Disable 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 218 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control set bypass-packet


Description:
This command can set the bypass strom packet type. Make sure that
‘rate init’ command is executed before.

Syntax:
storm-control set bypass-packet <igmp | cdp | csstp> state
<disable | enable>
storm-control set bypass-packet rma rma_tail state <disable |
enable>

a l t e k
Re
Parameter:
state - state configuration
disable
enable

D E N T-
I A L
- disable configuration
enable configuration

C O Ncdp
F
igmp

csstp
I -
-
-
igmp protocol
cisco discovery protocol
cisco shared spanning tree protocol
rma_tail

c h n o l o
-

g y , I n c
last byte of 01:80:C2:00:00:xx address

for L o s o T
Examples:
e
This example shows how to bypass cisco discovery protocol packet,
cisco shared spanning tree protocol and BPDU packet.

RTK.0> storm-control set bypass-packet cdp state enable


RTK.0> storm-control set bypass-packet csstp state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set bypass-packet rma 0x00 state enable

SFU Product Page 219 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control get bypass-packet


Description:
Get storm bypass-packet setting. Make sure that ‘rate init’
command is executed before.

Syntax:
storm-control get bypass-packet <igmp | cdp | csstp> state
storm-control get bypass-packet rma rma_tail state

Parameter:
state

a l t e- k
state configuration

Re
igmp - igmp protocol
cdp - cisco discovery protocol
csstp
rma_tail

D E N T
-

I A L
cisco shared spanning tree protocol
- last byte of 01:80:C2:00:00:xx address

C O N F I
Examples:

g y , I n c
This example show how to get storm-control bypass packet

c h n o l o
e
setting.

for L o s o T
RTK.0> storm-control get bypass-packet cdp state
CDP bypass state: Enable
RTK.0> storm-control get bypass-packet csstp state
CSSTP bypass state: Enable
RTK.0> storm-control get bypass-packet igmp state
IGMP bypass state: Disable
RTK.0> storm-control get bypass-packet rma 0x0 state
RMA 01-80-C2-00-00-00 bypass Storm-Control state: Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 220 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.9. stp commands

stp init
Description:
This command can initialize spanning tree protocol (STP) related
functions.

Syntax:

a l t e k
Re
stp init

Parameter:
None

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to initial STP reltated functions.

o
RTK.0> stp init

c h n l o g y , I n c
for L o o T
RTK.0>

s e

SFU Product Page 221 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

stp set state


Description:
Per port and per STP instance set STP port state.

Syntax:
stp set stp-table instance instance port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>
state <disable | blocking | forwarding | learning>

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e–
- k
specify a port list
specify all ports

Re
state - state configuration
disable - disable state
blocking
forwarding

D E N T
-

I A L
blocking state
- forwarding state

C O N F I
learning

Examples:
- learning state

g y , I n c
This command shows how to set STP port state to “blocking” for

c h n o l o
e
port 2 STP instance 0.

for L o s o T
RTK.0> stp set stp-table instance 0 port 2 state blocking

SFU Product Page 222 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

stp get state


Description:
Get STP port state

Syntax:
stp get stp-table instance instance port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>
state

Parameter:
Ports
All

a l t e k
– specify a port list
- specify all ports

Re
State - state configuration

Examples:

E N T I A L
This command shows how to get STP port state for port 2 STP

D
C O N F I
instance 0.

RTK.0> stp get stp-table instance 0 port 2 state


MSTI 0 Status:

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Port 2: BLOCKING

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 223 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.10. Mirror commands

mirror init
Description:
This command can reset & initialize Mirror module.

k
Syntax:
mirror init

a l t e
Re Parameter:
None

D E N T I A L
I
Examples:

C O N F
This example shows how to reset and initialize mirror module.

n c
RTK.0> mirror init
RTK.0>

T e c h n o l o g y , I
for L o s o

SFU Product Page 224 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mirror set mirroring


Description:
This command can configure the mirror function.

Syntax:
mirror set mirroring-port port mirrored-port port
<PORT_LIST:ports | none> [rx-mirror] [tx-mirror]

Parameter:
mirroring-port

a l
mirrored-port
t e-
- k
specify the mirroring port
specify the mirrored port

Re
ports - specified port list
none - specify no port
rx-mirror
tx-mirror

D E N T
-

I A L
mirror rx packets
- mirror rX packets

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to mirror both TX & RX packets from port
0 to Port 1.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e
RTK.0> mirror set mirroring-port 1 mirrored-port 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 225 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mirror dump
Description:
This command can get the mirror function

Syntax:
mirror dump

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows get current mirror configuration.

RTK.0> mirror dump

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
Monitor port: 1
Mirroring TX portmask: none
Mirroring RX portmask: none

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Mirror Egress Mode: All packets

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 226 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mirror set egress-mode


Description:
This command can configure egress-mode of mirror function

Syntax:
mirror set egress-mode <all-pkt | mirrored-only>

Parameter:
all-pkt - all packets
mirrored-only

a l t e k
- mirrored packets

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to set the egress-mode to
“mirrored-only”.

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> mirror set egress-mode mirrored-only
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 227 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mirror get egress-mode


Description:
This command can get egress-mode of mirror function

Syntax:
mirror get egress-mode

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get the egress-mode.

D E N T I A L
RTK.0> mirror get egress-mode

C O N F I
Mirror Egress Mode: Mirrored packets only
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 228 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.11. meter commands

meter init
Description:
This command can reset & initialize Meter module.

k
Syntax:
meter init

a l t e
Re Parameter:
None

D E N T I A L
I
Examples:

C O N F
This example shows how to initialize Meter module.

n c
RTK.0> meter init
RTK.0>

T e c h n o l o g y , I
for L o s o

SFU Product Page 229 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

meter set entry


Description:
These command sets can set meter relative parameter for each
meter entry.
The meter parameter would be:
- Burst size
- Packet rate
- Rate counting include IFG or not

Syntax:

a l t e k
meter set entry index burst-size size

Re
meter set entry index rate rate
meter set entry index ifg <include | exclude>

Parameter:

D E N T I A L
C O N F
index
I
burst-size
rate
-
-
-
index of meter entry
burst size configuration
packet rate, unit kpbs
ifg

c h n o l o
-

g y , I n c
inter-frame gap configuration

e
include - include configuration

for L o s o T
exclude

Examples:
- exclude configuration

This example shows how to set the packet rate to 1024 kbps and
rate counting is including IFG for meter entry 0.

RTK.0> meter set entry 0 rate 1024


RTK.0> meter set entry 0 ifg include
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 230 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

meter get entry


Description:
Get setting for each meter entry.
Syntax:
meter get entry index
meter get entry index burst-size
meter get entry index rate
meter get entry index ifg

Parameter:
index

a l t e -k index of meter entry

Re
burst-size - burst size configuration
rate - packet rate, unit kpbs
ifg

D E N T I A
-

L
inter-frame gap configuration

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how get meter setting for meter entry 0-4.

RTK.0> meter

c h n o g y , I n
get entry 0-4

l o c
e
Meter idx = 0 , meter rate = 1024 , Kbps include IFG = Enable ,

for L o s o T
burst size =
Meter idx = 1
burst size =
0
, meter rate =
0
0 , Kbps include IFG = Disable ,

Meter idx = 2 , meter rate = 0 , Kbps include IFG = Disable ,


burst size = 0
Meter idx = 3 , meter rate = 0 , Kbps include IFG = Disable ,
burst size = 0
Meter idx = 4 , meter rate = 0 , Kbps include IFG = Disable ,
burst size = 0

SFU Product Page 231 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

meter get meter-exceed


Description:
Chen the meter staus is exceed or not.

Syntax:
meter get entry index meter-exceed

Parameter:
index - index of meter entry

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get meter exceed status for meter
mentry 0-4.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> meter get entry 0-4 meter-exceed

D
C O N F I
Meter idx = 0, meter exceed = No
Meter idx = 1, meter exceed = No
Meter idx = 2, meter exceed = No

g y , I n c
Meter idx = 3, meter exceed = No

c h n o l o
e
Meter idx = 4, meter exceed = No

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 232 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

meter reset meter-exceed


Description:
Reset meter exceed status.

Syntax:
meter reset entry index meter-exceed

Parameter:
index - index of meter entry

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to clear meter exceed status for meter
entry 0.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> meter reset entry 0 meter-exceed

D
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 233 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

meter set tick-token


Description:
This command can set the tick-token for meter global
configuration.

Syntax:
meter set tick-token tick-period period token token

Parameter:
tick-period
Token

a l t e k
- timing tick, unit 1/system clock frequency
- toke size, unit byte

Re Examples:

E N
set to 66 byte.

D T I A L
This example shows how to set tick-period to 48 and token size

C O N F I
RTK.0> meter set tick-token tick-period 48 token 66
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 234 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

meter get tick-token


Description:
Get meter tick token setting.

Syntax:
meter get tick-token

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how get meter tick-token setting.

E N T I A
RTK.0> meter get tick-token
tick period:48, token:66

D L
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 235 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

meter set pon-tick-token


Description:
This command can set the tick-token setting for pon port.

Syntax:
meter set pon-tick-token tick-period period token token

Parameter:
tick-period - timing tick, unit 1/system clock frequency
Token

a l t e k
- toke size, unit byte

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to set tick-period to 48 and token size

D E N T I A
set to 66 byte for pon port.

L
C O N F I
RTK.0> meter set pon-tick-token tick-period 48 token 66
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 236 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

meter get pon-tick-token


Description:
This command can get the tick-token setting for pon port.

Syntax:
meter get pon-tick-token

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get meter tick-token setting for pon
port.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> meter get pon-tick-token

D
C O N F I
tick period:48, token:66
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 237 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.12. bandwidth commands

bandwidth init
Description:
This command can reset & initialize bandwidth control module.

k
Syntax:

l
bandwidth init

a t e
Re Parameter:
None

D E N T I A L
I
Examples:

C O N F
This example shows how to initial bandwidth control related
functions.

o l o g
RTK.0> bandwidth init

c h n y , I n c
for L o o T
RTK.0>

s e

SFU Product Page 238 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth set egress ifg


Description:
This command can configure egress bandwidth control, which is
included ifg calcuation or not.

Syntax:
bandwidth set egress ifg <include | exclude>
bandwidth set egress ifg port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> <include
| exclude>

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
Include - include configuration
Exclude - exclude configuration
Ports
All

D E N T I A L
- specified port list
– specify all ports

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to configure port 2 and port 3 egress

g y , I n c
bandwidth control which is included ifg calculation.

c h n o l o
for L o s o T e
RTK.0> bandwidth set egress ifg port 2-3 include
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 239 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth get egress ifg


Description:
This command can get configuration of egress bandwidth control,
which is included ifg calcuation or not.

Syntax:
bandwidth get egress ifg
bandwidth get egress ifg port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

Parameter:
ports

a l t e k
- specified port list

Re
all – specify all ports

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get port 1 egress bandwidth control

D
C O N F I
included ifg or not.

RTK.0> bandwidth get egress ifg port 1

g y , I n c
port:1 Egress Rate counting ifg: exclude

c h n o l o
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 240 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth set egress port


Description:
This command can configure per port or per queue egress rate.
After configuring the egree queue APR rate, the configed rate
meter needs to configure by meter commands and different port
using different meter index range mapping to APR index. For 86900
chip, meter index and arp index mapping is as below.
Port Meter-Range
0,4 0~7
1,5
2

a l t
8~15
16~23
e k
Re
3 24~31

Syntax:

E
bandwidth set

D N T I A L
egress port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> rate rate

C O N F I
bandwidth set
apr-index index
bandwidth set
egress port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> qid qid

egress port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> qid qid


shared-bandwidth

c h n o g y , I n c
state <disable | enable>

l o
for L o s o T
Parameter:
ports
all
e -

specified port list
specify all ports
state - state configuration
disable - disable configuration
enable - enable configuration
rate - packet rate, unit kpbs
qid - specify the numeric queue identifier
arp-index - meter index for arp
shared-bandwidth - average shared bandwidth configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure port 2 egress rate to 100Mbps
and egress queue 0/1 apr rate to related meter index 0/1.

RTK.0> bandwidth set egress port 2 rate 100000


RTK.0> bandwidth set egress port 2 queue-id 0 apr-index 0
RTK.0> bandwidth set egress port 2 queue-id 0 share-bandwidth
state enable

SFU Product Page 241 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> bandwidth set egress port 2 queue-id 1 apr-index 1


RTK.0> bandwidth set egress port 2 queue-id 1share-bandwidth
state enable
RTK.0> meter set entry 16 rate 10240
RTK.0> meter set entry 17 rate 10240
RTK.0>

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 242 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth get egress port


Description:
This command can get egress port rate and queue ARP index usage.
It needs to use meter commands for retrieving related ARP rate
of queue-id belong to desired egress port.

Syntax:
bandwidth get egress port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>
bandwidth get egress port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> qid
MASK_LIST:qid

a l t e k
Re
Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all
qid

D E N T I A L
– specify all ports
- specify the numeric queue identifier

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to egress bandwidth control of egress port
1.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e
RTK.0> bandwidth get egress port 1
port: 1 rate:1048568
queue: 0 apr-index: 0
queue: 1 apr-index: 0
queue: 2 apr-index: 0
queue: 3 apr-index: 0
queue: 4 apr-index: 0
queue: 5 apr-index: 0
queue: 6 apr-index: 0
queue: 7 apr-index: 0
RTK.0> meter get entry 8
Meter idx = 8 , meter rate = 0 , Kbps include IFG = Disable ,
burst size = 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 243 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth set ingress port


Description:
This command can configure per port ingress rate.

Syntax:
bandwidth set ingress port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> rate rate

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all
rate

a l t e k
– specify all ports
- packet rate, unit kpbs

Re Examples:

E N
configuration.

D T I A L
This example shows how to enable port 1 ingress rate with 10Mpbs

C O N F I
RTK.0> bandwidth set ingress port 1 rate 10240
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 244 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth get ingress port


Description:
This command can get per port ingress rate configuration.

Syntax:
bandwidth get ingress port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all

a l t e k
– specify all ports

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get port 0-3 ingress bandwidth rate.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> bandwidth get ingress port 0-3 rate

D
C O N F I
port: 0 rate:1024
port: 1 rate:10240
port: 2 rate:1048568
port: 3 rate:1048568

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 245 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth set ingress ifg


Description:
This command can configure ingress bandwidth control, which is
included ifg calcuation or not.

Syntax:
bandwidth set ingress ifg port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> <include
| exclude>

Parameter:

a
include
l t e- k
include configuration

Re
exclude - exclude configuration
ports - specified port list
all

D E N T

I A L
specify all ports

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to configure port 2 and port 3 ingress
bandwidth control which is included ifg calculation.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> bandwidth set ingress ifg port 2-3 include

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 246 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth get ingress ifg


Description:
This command can get configuration of ingress bandwidth control,
which is included ifg calcuation or not.

Syntax:
bandwidth get ingress ifg port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e k
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Re Examples:

E N T
included ifg or not.

D I A L
This example shows how to get port 1 egress bandwidth control

C O N F I
RTK.0> bandwidth get ingress ifg port 0-3
port: 0 ifg: exclude
port: 1 ifg: exclude

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
port: 2 ifg: include

for L o s o T
port: 3 ifg: include
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 247 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth set ingress bypass-packet


Description:
This command can configure ingress rate control, which is
bypassed some kinds of packet or not. Differet chip supports
different kinds of packet to bypass ingress rate control.

Syntax:
bandwidth set ingress bypass-packet state <disable | enable>

Parameter:
State

a l t e k
- state configuration

Re
Disable - disable configuration
Enable - enable configuration

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to enable bypassing RMA, IGMP/MLD control
packet and Realtek proprietary control frames for ingress
bandwidth contol.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> bandwidth set ingress bypass-packet state enable

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 248 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth get ingress bypass-packet


Description:
This command can get configuration of ingress rate control,
which is bypassed some kinds of packet or not.

Syntax:
bandwidth get ingress bypass-packet state

Parameter:
State

a l t e k
- state configuration

Re
Examples:
This example shows how get packets bypass state for ingress
bandwidth control.

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> bandwidth get ingress bypass-packet state
Ingress Rate byapss:Enable
byapss packet format:

g y , I
-DMAC=01-80-C2-00-00-xx

c h n o l o n c
e
-IGMP/MLD control packet

for L o s o T
-8899 frames
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 249 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth set ingress flow-control


Description:
This command can configure ingress bandwidth without UTP
flow-control ability.

Syntax:
bandwidth set ingress flow-control port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>
state <disable | enable>

Parameter:
Ports

a l t e- k
specified port list

Re
All – specify all ports
State - state configuration
Disable
Enable

D E N T
-

I A L
disable configuration
- enable configuration

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to set port 1-2 to keep flow-control

g y , I n c
ability while those ports are under rate control of ingress

c h n o l o
e
bandwidth.

for L o s o T
RTK.0> bandwidth set ingress flow-control port 1-2 state enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 250 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth get ingress flow-control


Description:
This command used to get ingress bandwidth with UTP flow-control
ability or not.

Syntax:
bandwidth get ingress flow-control port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>
state

Parameter:
ports

a l t e k
- specified port list

Re
all – specify all ports
state - state configuration

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to get flow-control ability of port 0-3
ingress rate control.

g y , I n c
RTK.0> bandwidth get ingress flow-control port 0-3 state

c h n o l o
e
Port Flow-Control

for L o s
0
1
2
o T Disable
Enable
Enable
3 Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 251 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.13. mib commands

mib init
Description:
This command can initialize & reset mib module.

k
Syntax:
mib init

a l t e
Re Parameter:
None

D E N T I A L
I
Examples:

C O N F
This example shows how to initialize mib module.

n c
RTK.0> mib init

T e c h n o l o g y , I
for L o s o

SFU Product Page 252 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib dump counter


Description:
This command can display current MIB counter information.

Syntax:
mib dump counter dot1dTpLearnedEntryDiscards
mib dump counter port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>
mib dump counter port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> <
dot1dTpPortInDiscards | dot3ControlInUnknownOpcodes |

t e k
dot3InPauseFrames | dot3OutPauseFrames |

a l
dot3StatsDeferredTransmissions | dot3StatsExcessiveCollisions |

Re
dot3StatsLateCollisions | dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFrames |
dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames | dot3StatsSymbolErrors |

E N T I A L
etherStatsCRCAlignErrors | etherStatsCollisions |
etherStatsDropEvents | etherStatsFragments | etherStatsJabbers |

D
C O N F I
etherStatsUndersizeDropPkts | etherStatsPkts64Octets |
etherStatsPkts65to127Octets | etherStatsPkts128to255Octets |
etherStatsPkts256to511Octets | etherStatsPkts512to1023Octets |

g y , I n c
etherStatsPkts1024to1518Octets | etherStatsPkts1519toMaxOctets |

c h n o l o
e
etherStatsOversizePkts | etherStatsUndersizePkts |

for L o s o T
etherStatsTxBroadcastPkts | etherStatsTxMulticastPkts |
inOamPduPkts | outOamPduPkts | ifInOctets | ifInUcastPkts |
ifInMulticastPkts | ifInBroadcastPkts | ifOutOctets |
ifOutUcastPkts | ifOutMulticastPkts | ifOutBroadcastPkts |
ifOutDiscards>

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all – specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to display dot1dTpLearnedEntryDiscards
counter information.

RTK.0> mib dump counter dot1dTpLearnedEntryDiscards


dot1dTpLearnedEntryDiscards: 0

This example shows how to display port 0 MIB counter information:

SFU Product Page 253 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> mib dump counter port 0


Port: 0
ifInOctets : 0
ifInUcastPkts : 0
ifInMulticastPkts : 0
ifInBroadcastPkts : 0
ifOutOctets : 0
ifOutDiscards : 0
ifOutUcastPkts : 0

a l t
ifOutMulticastPkts
ifOutBroadcastPkts
e k :
:
0
0

Re
dot1dTpPortInDiscards : 0
dot3InPauseFrames : 0
dot3OutPauseFrames

E N T I A L
dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames

D
:
:
0
0

C O N F I
dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFrames
dot3StatsDeferredTransmissions
dot3StatsLateCollisions :
:
:
0
0
0

c h n o l o g y , I
dot3StatsExcessiveCollisions
n c : 0

e
dot3StatsSymbolErrors : 0

for L o s o T
dot3ControlInUnknownOpcodes
etherStatsDropEvents
etherStatsFragments
:
:
:
0
0
0
etherStatsJabbers : 0
etherStatsCollisions : 0
etherStatsCRCAlignErrors : 0
etherStatsTxUndersizePkts : 0
etherStatsTxOversizePkts : 0
etherStatsTxPkts64Octets : 0
etherStatsTxPkts65to127Octets : 0
etherStatsTxPkts128to255Octets : 0
etherStatsTxPkts256to511Octets : 0
etherStatsTxPkts512to1023Octets : 0
etherStatsTxPkts1024to1518Octets : 0
etherStatsTxPkts1519toMaxOctets : 0
etherStatsTxBroadcastPkts : 0
etherStatsTxMulticastPkts : 0
etherStatsRxUndersizePkts : 0
etherStatsRxUndersizeDropPkts : 0

SFU Product Page 254 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

etherStatsRxOversizePkts : 0
etherStatsRxPkts64Octets : 0
etherStatsRxPkts65to127Octets : 0
etherStatsRxPkts128to255Octets : 0
etherStatsRxPkts256to511Octets : 0
etherStatsRxPkts512to1023Octets : 0
etherStatsRxPkts1024to1518Octets : 0
etherStatsRxPkts1519toMaxOctets : 0
inOamPduPkts : 0
outOamPkdPkts

a l t e k : 0

Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 255 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib reset counter


Description:
This command reset MIB counter on a chip.

Syntax:
mib reset counter global
mib reset counter port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e k
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Re Examples:

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to reset port 1 MIB counter.

C O N F I
RTK.0> mib reset counter port 1
RTK.0>

g y , I n c
This example shows how to reset global MIB counter.

c h n o l o
for L o s o T e
mib reset counter global
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 256 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib dump statistic


Description:
This command get ACL statistic counter on a chip.

Syntax:
mib dump statistic index index

Parameter:
index - specified statistic counter index

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get ACL statistic counter on index 0.

Index 0: 0

D E N T I A L
RTK.0> mib dump statistic index 0

C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 257 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib reset statistic


Description:
This command reset ACL statistic counter on a chip.

Syntax:
mib reset statistic index index

Parameter:
index - specified statistic counter index

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to reset ACL statistic counter on index
0.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> mib reset statistic index 0

D
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 258 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib set statistic mode


Description:
This command set ACL statistic counter m(0,2,4,…30) mode on a
chip.

Syntax:
mib set statistic mode index index <bits-32 | bits-64>

Parameter:
index

a
bits-32
l t e k
- specified statistic counter index
- 32 bits counter mode

Re
bits-64 - 64 bits counter mode

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to set ACL statistic counter mode of index

D
C O N F I
0 to bit 32.

RTK.0> mib set statistic mode index 0 bits-32


RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 259 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib get statistic mode


Description:
This command get ACL statistic counter m(0,2,4,…30) mode on a
chip.

Syntax:
mib get statistic mode index index

Parameter:
index

a l t e k
- specified statistic counter index

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get ACL statistic counter mode on index
0.

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> mib get statistic mode index 0
0: 32-bits

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 260 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib set statistic type


Description:
This command set ACL statistic counter type(packet/byte) count
on a chip.

Syntax:
mib set statistic type index index <byte-count | packet-count>

Parameter:
index

a
byte-count
l t e k
- specified statistic counter index
- byte counting type

Re
packet-count - packet counting type

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to set ACL statistic counter type to byte

D
C O N F I
count.

RTK.0> mib set statistic type index 0 byte-count


RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 261 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib get statistic type


Description:
This command get ACL statistic counter type(packet/byte) count
on a chip.

Syntax:
mib get statistic type index index

Parameter:
index

a
byte-count
l t e k
- specified statistic counter index
- byte counting type

Re
packet-count - packet counting type

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get ACL statistic counter type on index

D
C O N
0.

F I
RTK.0> mib get statistic type index 0
0: Byte count

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 262 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib get packet-debug-reason


Description:
This command get per-port newest packet trap/drop reason and
code number on a chip.

Syntax:
mib get packet-debug-reason port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e k
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Re Examples:

reason.

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to get port 0 newest packet trap/drop

C O N F I
RTK.0> mib get packet-debug-reason port 0
Port code Drop Trap Reason
0 0

c h n o l o g y , I n c
normal

for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 263 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib set sync-mode


Description:
This command set MIB data update mode (freerun/stop sync).

Syntax:
mib set syn-mode <freerun | stop>

Parameter:
freerun - free running configuration
stop

a l t e k
- stopping configuration

Re
Examples:
This example set MIB data update mode to freerun.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> mib set sync-mode freerun

D
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 264 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib get sync-mode


Description:
This command get MIB data update mode(freerun/stop sync).

Syntax:
mib get syn-mode

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get MIB update mode.

E N T I A
RTK.0> mib get sync-mode

L
MIB sync mode: normal free run sync

D
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 265 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib set reset-value


Description:
This command set mib reset value.

Syntax:
mib set reset-value <0 | 1>

Parameter:
0 - reset to 0
1

a l t e k
- reset to 1

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to set MIB reset value to 0.

E N T I A
RTK.0> mib set reset-value 0

D L
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 266 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib get reset-value


Description:
This command get MIB reset value.

Syntax:
mib get reset-value

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get MIB reset value.

E N T I A
RTK.0> mib get reset-value
Reset MIB counter to: all 0

D L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 267 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib set ctag-length


Description:
This command can set RX/TX counters including or excluding C-tag
when calculating packet length.

Syntax:
mib set ctag-length <rx-counter | tx-counter> <include |
exclude>

Parameter:

a
rx-counter
l t e- k
receiving counter

Re
tx-counter - transmitting counter
include - include configuration
exclude

D E N T
-

I A L
exclude configuration

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to set TX MIB counter to exclude C-tag
length.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> mib set ctag-length tx-counter exclude

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 268 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib get ctag-length


Description:
This command can get RX/TX counters including or excluding C-tag
when calculating packet length.

Syntax:
mib get ctag-length <rx-counter | tx-counter>

Parameter:
rx-counter

a
tx-counter
l t e k
- receiving counter
- transmitting counter

Re Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get if packet length in TX MIB counter
include or exclude C-tag length.

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> mib get ctag-length tx-counter
tx-counter tag length: exclude

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 269 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib set count-mode


Description:
This command set MIB update mode.

Syntax:
mib set conut-mode freerun
mib set conut-mode by-timer latch-time timer

Parameter:
freerun

a
by-timer
l t e k
- free running configuration
- running depond on timer setting

Re
timer - time setting, unit second

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to set MIB data update mode to latch time

D
C O N F I
to 10 seconds.

RTK.0> mib set count-mode by-timer latch-time 10


RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 270 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib get count-mode


Description:
This command get configuration of MIB update mode.

Syntax:
mib get conut-mode

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get MIB data update mode.

E N T I A
RTK.0> mib get count-mode

L
MIB count mode: control by MIB timer

D
C O N F I
Timer : 10

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 271 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.14. ACL commands

acl init
Description:
This command can initial acl module, set acl related config to
default, and clear acl entries. Only after executing this

k
command, other acl commands can be executed and will not return
FAILED.

a l t e
Re Syntax:
acl init

D E N T I A L
I
Parameter:

C O N F
None

n c
Examples:

T e c h o l o g y , I
This example shows how to initial acl functions.

n
for L o s o
RTK.0> acl init
RTK.0> acl get port 0-6 state
Port State
0 Disable
1 Disable
2 Disable
3 Disable
4 Disable
5 Disable
6 Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 272 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl add entry


Description:
This command can add acl rule after rule contents are configured.
In SVLAN and VLAN action setting, some configurations need to
be making sure that related setting is done before adding rule.
Otherwise, the adding rule can not be set to hardware or there
will be unexpected behaviors.

Syntax:

t
acl add entry index

a l e k
Re
Parameter:
index - acl rule index

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to add a acl rule to entry index 0 that
all ingress packets from port 1 will be assigned priority to 7.

RTK.0>

c
acl

h n o
clear

l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> acl set rule template entry 0

for L o s o T
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
acl
acl
acl
set rule state valid
set rule port 1
set action priority assign-priority 7
RTK.0> acl add entry 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 273 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl del entry


Description:
This command can delete acl rule entry by desired index or delete
all of rules. After rule entry being deleted, the content of
entry will be cleared to default.

Syntax:
acl del entry index
acl del entry all

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
index - acl rule index
all - all entries

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to delete acl rule index 1.

RTK.0> acl del entry 1

g
RTK.0> acl get entry 1

c h n o l o y , I n c
e
Valid: Invalid

for L o s o T
Not: Disable
Cvlan action: Ingress Vlan vid: 0
Svlan action: Ingress Vlan svid: 0
Forward: Copy Ports:
Policing: Policing meter: 0
Pri-Remark: ACL priority acl-pri: 0
Interrupt: Disable
Classification: None
ACL index latch: Disable
Template: 0 [0] DMAC0
[1] DMAC1
[2] DMAC2
[3] STAG
[4] SMAC0
[5] SMAC1
[6] SMAC2
[7] ETHERTYPE
Active Port: none
Tags: Mask:

SFU Product Page 274 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

field[0] data: 0x0000 mask: 0x0000


field[1] data: 0x0000 mask: 0x0000
field[2] data: 0x0000 mask: 0x0000
field[3] data: 0x0000 mask: 0x0000
field[4] data: 0x0000 mask: 0x0000
field[5] data: 0x0000 mask: 0x0000
field[6] data: 0x0000 mask: 0x0000
field[7] data: 0x0000 mask: 0x0000
RTK.0>

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 275 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get entry


Description:
Show acl rule contents and action

Syntax:
acl get entry index [action]

Parameter:
index - acl rule index
action

a l t e k
- rule action data configuration

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get content and action of acl rule entry

D E N T I A L
0 and action contents only of entry 1.

C O N F I
RTK.0> acl get entry 0
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable

g
Cvlan action: Disable

c h n o l o y , I n c
e
Svlan action: Disable

for L o s o T
Forward: Redirect Ports: 2
Policing: Disable
Pri-Remark: Disable
Interrupt or Classification: Disable
Template: 0 [0] DMAC0
[1] DMAC1
[2] DMAC2
[3] STAG
[4] SMAC0
[5] SMAC1
[6] SMAC2
[7] ETHERTYPE
Active Port: 0-6
Tags: Mask:
field[0] data: 0x0000 mask: 0xF0F0
field[1] data: 0x0000 mask: 0xF0F0
field[2] data: 0x0000 mask: 0xF0F0
field[3] data: 0x0000 mask: 0x0000
field[4] data: 0x0000 mask: 0x0000

SFU Product Page 276 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

field[5] data: 0x0000 mask: 0x0000


field[6] data: 0x0000 mask: 0x0000
field[7] data: 0x0000 mask: 0x0000
RTK.0> acl get entry 1 action
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable
Cvlan action: Disable
Svlan action: Disable
Forward: Disable

t e k
Policing: Policing meter: 1

a l
Pri-Remark: ACL priority acl-pri: 7

Re
Interrupt or Classification: Disable
RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 277 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl show
Description:
Show user configured acl contents and actions of rule be added
to entry.

Syntax:
acl show

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re
Examples:
This example shows how to show contents and actions of rule be

D E N T I A L
configed before adding to entry.

C O N F I
RTK.0> acl clear
RTK.0> acl set rule template entry 0
RTK.0> acl set rule state valid

g y ,
RTK.0> acl set rule port 0

c h n o l o I n c
e
RTK.0> acl set rule dmac data 0F:0F:0F:0F:0F:0F mask

for L o s o T
F0:F0:F0:F0:F0:F0
RTK.0> acl set action priority assign-priority 7
RTK.0> acl show
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable
Cvlan action: Disable
Svlan action: Disable
Forward: Disable
Policing: Disable
Pri-Remark: ACL priority acl-pri: 7
Interrupt or Classification: Disable
Template: 0 [0] DMAC0
[1] DMAC1
[2] DMAC2
[3] STAG
[4] SMAC0
[5] SMAC1
[6] SMAC2
[7] ETHERTYPE

SFU Product Page 278 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Active Port: 0
Tags: Mask:
dmac data: 0F:0F:0F:0F:0F:0F
mask: F0:F0:F0:F0:F0:F0
RTK.0>

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 279 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl clear
Description:
This command can clear contents of configured acl rule. It is
necessary to use this command before editing and adding new rule
to make sure action and rule contents are wanted.

Syntax:
acl clear

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re Examples:

E N T I
rule which need to add.

D A L
This example shows how to clear pre-configured contents of acl

C O N F I
RTK.0> acl show action
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Cvlan action: Disable

for L o s o T
Svlan action: Disable
Forward: Redirect Ports: 1
Policing: Acl MIB counter: 1
Pri-Remark: ACL priority acl-pri: 7
Interrupt or Classification: Disable
RTK.0> acl clear
RTK.0> acl show action
Valid: Invalid
Not: Disable
Cvlan action: Disable
Svlan action: Disable
Forward: Disable
Policing: Disable
Pri-Remark: Disable
Interrupt or Classification: Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 280 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set rule


Description:
This command can edit wanted rule contents before being added
to device. Different chip version will support different
contents to be configured. The rule content is depended on which
template is used. So, configuring used template is more
important before setting rule.

Syntax:

t e k
acl set rule <dmac | smac> data mac [mask mac_mask]

a l
acl set rule <sip | dip> data ip [mask ip_mask]

Re
acl set rule <sip6 | dip6> data ip6 [mask ip6_mask]
acl set rule <ethertype | gemport-llid | next-header | ext> data
data [mask mask]

E N T I A L
acl set rule <range-l4port | range-vid | range-ip |

D
C O N F I
range-length> care-range MASK_LIST:list
acl set rule ctag vid vid priority priority cfi cfi [mask
vid_mask vid_mask priority_mask priority_mask cfi_mask cfi_mask]

g y , I n c
acl set rule stag vid vid priority priority dei dei [mask

c h n o l o
e
vid_mask vid_mask priority_mask priority_mask dei_mask dei_mask]

for L o s o T
acl set rule user-field index data data [mask mask]
acl set rule pattern field-index index data data [mask mask]
acl set rule field-valid care-field MASK_LIST:list [mask_field
MASK_LIST:mask]
acl set rule care-tags [ctag] [ip] [ipv6] [pppoe] [stag] [tcp]
[ucp]
acl set rule port <PORT_LIST: ports | all | none>
acl set rule template entry index
acl set rule operation reverse-state <disable | enable>
acl set rule state <valid | invalid>

Parameter:
data - rule matching data
mask - rule matching mask
dmac - destination mac address
smac - source mac address
dip - destination ipv4 address
sip - source ipv4 address
dip6 - destination ipv6 address

SFU Product Page 281 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

sip6 - source ipv6 address


ethertype - ethernet type or payload lengthlength
gemport-llid - gemport id or llid
next-header - ipv6 next header
range-l4port - layer4 port number range checking list
range-vid - vid range checking list
range-ip - ip range checking list
range-length - packet length range checking list
stag - stag rule matching
priority
vid

a l t e-
– k
priority configuration
specify the numeric VLAN identifier

Re
dei - dei field of stag
ctag - ctag rule matching
cfi
user-field

D E N T
-
-
I A L
cfi field of ctag
user defined field

C O N F
ext I
field-valid

pattern
-
-
-
user defined field valid list
extention source ports
rule raw data matching
field-index

c h n o l o
-

g y , I n c
rule field index

e
care-tags - packet types checking

for L o s o
port
T
ports
all
-
-

rule actived port configuration
specified port list
specify all ports
none - specify no port
template - rule matching template usage
state - rule valid state configuration
reverse-state - reverse configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure acl rule with specified
destination mac, source mac and source ip address for ingress
policing action.

RTK.0> acl clear


RTK.0> acl set rule template entry 0
RTK.0> acl set rule state valid
RTK.0> acl set rule port 0-6
RTK.0> acl set rule dmac data 01:80:C2:00:00:40
RTK.0> acl set rule smac data 00:01:02:03:04:05

SFU Product Page 282 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> acl set rule sip data 172.1.2.3


RTK.0> acl set action meter 3
RTK.0> acl show
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable
Cvlan action: Disable
Svlan action: Disable
Forward: Disable
Policing: Policing meter: 3

t e
Pri-Remark: Disable

a l k
Interrupt or Classification: Disable

Re
Template: 0 [0] DMAC0
[1] DMAC1

D E
[2] DMAC2

N T
[3] SMAC0
I A L
C O N F I [4] SMAC1
[5] SMAC2
[6] IP4SIP0

c h g y
[7] IP4SIP1

n o l o , I n c
e
Active Port: 0-6

for L o s o T
Tags: Mask:
dmac data: 01:80:C2:00:00:40
mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF
smac data: 00:01:02:03:04:05
mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF
sip data: 172.1.2.3
mask: 255.255.255.255
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 283 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl show rule


Description:
Show user configured acl contents of rule which will be added
to entry.

Syntax:
acl show rule

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re
Examples:
This example shows how to show contents of rule have been

D E N T I A L
configed before adding to entry.

C O N F I
RTK.0> acl clear
RTK.0> acl set rule template entry 0
RTK.0> acl set rule state valid

g y ,
RTK.0> acl set rule port 0

c h n o l o I n c
e
RTK.0> acl set rule dmac data 0F:0F:0F:0F:0F:0F mask

for L o s o T
F0:F0:F0:F0:F0:F0
RTK.0> acl show rule
Template: 0 [0] DMAC0
[1] DMAC1
[2] DMAC2
[3] STAG
[4] SMAC0
[5] SMAC1
[6] SMAC2
[7] ETHERTYPE
Active Port: 0
Tags: Mask:
dmac data: 0F:0F:0F:0F:0F:0F
mask: F0:F0:F0:F0:F0:F0
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 284 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl clear action


Description:
This command can clear configured actions of editing rule. It
should be execute before adding new configed rule. Otherwise,
unexpected behavior may happen.

Syntax:
acl clear action

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re Examples:

E N
before adding.

D T I A L
This example shows how to clear configured actions of acl rule

C O N F I
RTK.0> acl show
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Cvlan action: Disable

for L o s o T
Svlan action: Disable
Forward: Redirect Ports: 3
Policing: Policing meter: 31
Pri-Remark: ACL priority acl-pri: 7
Interrupt: Enable
Classification: None
ACL index latch: Disable
Template: 0 [0] DMAC0
[1] DMAC1
[2] DMAC2
[3] STAG
[4] SMAC0
[5] SMAC1
[6] SMAC2
[7] ETHERTYPE
Active Port: none
Tags: Mask:
stag data: priority: 3 dei: 0 vid: 2000
mask: priority: 7 dei: 1 vid: 4095

SFU Product Page 285 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0>
RTK.0> acl clear action
RTK.0> acl show action
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable
Cvlan action: Disable
Svlan action: Disable
Forward: Disable
Policing: Disable

t e
Pri-Remark: Disable

a l k
Interrupt or Classification: Disable

Re
RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 286 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set action


Description:
This command can edit wanted actions of rule will be added to
device. Different chip version will support different actions
to be configed.

Syntax:
acl set action cvlan inress vid vid
acl set action cvlan egress vid vid
acl set

a
acl set
l t
action
action
e k
cvlan using-svid
cvlan meter index

Re
acl set action cvlan statistic index
acl set action cvlan remarking dscp dscp
acl set
acl set

D
action

E N
action
T I A L
cvlan remarking dot1p priority
svlan inress svid svid

C O N F I
acl set
acl set
acl set
action
action
action
svlan egress svid svid
svlan using-cvid
svlan meter index
acl set

c
action

h n o l g y , I n c
svlan statistic index

o
e
acl set action svlan remarking dscp dscp

for L o s o T
acl set
acl set
acl set
action
action
action
svlan remarking dot1p priority
priority remarking dscp dscp
priority remarking dot1p priority
acl set action priority meter index
acl set action priority statistic index
acl set action meter index
acl set action statistic index
acl set action trap-to-cpu
acl set action drop
acl set action copy port <PORT_LIST:ext | all | none>
acl set action redirect port <PORT_LIST:ext | all | none>
acl set action mirror port <PORT_LIST:ext | all>
acl set action interrrupt
acl set action latch-index
acl set action classf none
acl set action classf sid sid
acl set action classf llid llid
acl set action classf ext-member <PORT_LIST:ext | all>
acl set action none

SFU Product Page 287 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Parameter:
cvlan - cvlan related action configuration
svlan - svlan related action configuration
priority - priority related action configuration
ingress - ingress vlan assign
egress - egress vlan assign
using-cvid - assign vid depend on VLAN identifier
using-svid - assign vid depend on SVLAN identifier
remarking
dot1p

a l t e -
- k enable remarking
dot1p configuration

Re
dscp - dscp configuration
meter - policing meter configuration
statistic
trap-to-cpu

D E N T I A
-
-
L
statistic counter configuration
trap packet to cpu port

C O N F
copy
I
redirect
mirror
-
-
-
copy packet to assigned ports
redirect packet to assigned ports
mirror packet to assigned ports
interrupt

c h n o l o g y-

, I n c
interrupt action configuration

e
latch-index - latch hit rule index

for L o s o T
classf
none
sid
-
-
-
classification related action
nop
stream id configuration
llid - llid configuration
ext - specify a extention port list

Examples:
This example shows how configure acl rule to redirect ingress
port 0 packets to port 1 with assigned priority 7.

RTK.0> acl clear


RTK.0> acl set rule template entry 0
RTK.0> acl set rule state valid
RTK.0> acl set rule port 0
RTK.0> acl set action redirect port 1
RTK.0> acl set action priority assign-priority 7
RTK.0> acl show
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable

SFU Product Page 288 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Cvlan action: Disable


Svlan action: Disable
Forward: Redirect Ports: 1
Policing: Disable
Pri-Remark: ACL priority acl-pri: 7
Interrupt or Classification: Disable
Template: 0 [0] DMAC0
[1] DMAC1
[2] DMAC2

a l t e
[3] STAG
[4] SMAC0 k
Re
[5] SMAC1
[6] SMAC2

E N
Active Port: 0

D T I A
[7] ETHERTYPE

L
C O N F I
Tags: Mask:
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 289 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl show action


Description:
This command can show configured actions of editing rule.

Syntax:
acl show action

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to show configured actions of acl rule
before adding.

E N T I
RTK.0> acl show action

D A L
C O N F I
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable
Cvlan action: Disable

g
Svlan action: Disable

c h n o l o y , I n c
e
Forward: Redirect Ports: 3

for L o s o T
Policing: Policing meter: 31
Pri-Remark: ACL priority acl-pri: 7
Interrupt: Enable
Classification: None
ACL index latch: Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 290 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl show template


Description:
This command can show configured content of editing template.

Syntax:
acl show template

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how the editing template is.

E N T I A
RTK.0> acl clear template
RTK.0> acl set template dmac

D L
C O N F I
RTK.0> acl set template smac
RTK.0> acl set template sip
RTK.0> acl show template

g
Template: 0 [0] DMAC0

c h n o l o y , I n c
e
[1] DMAC1

for L o s o T [2] DMAC2


[3] SMAC0
[4] SMAC1
[5] SMAC2
[6] IP4SIP0
[7] IP4SIP1
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 291 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl clear template


Description:
This command can clear configured content of editing template.

Syntax:
acl clear template

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to clear editing template

E N T
Template: 0 [0] DMAC0

D I A
RTK.0> acl show template

L
C O N F I [1] DMAC1
[2] DMAC2
[3] IP4DIP0

c h g y
[4] IP4DIP1

n o l o , I n c
e
[5] STAG

for L o s o T [6] CTAG


[7] unknown
RTK.0> acl clear template
RTK.0> acl show template
Template: 0 [0] unknown
[1] unknown
[2] unknown
[3] unknown
[4] unknown
[5] unknown
[6] unknown
[7] unknown
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 292 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set template


Description:
This command can use to configure content of editing template.
Each template contains limited packet pattern bits for acl rule
matching. The ordering of editing template pattern bits is
depended on editing order.

Syntax:
acl set template user-field <stag | ctag | ethertype | gem-llid

t e k
| ipv6-next-header | dip | sip | smac | dmac | sip6 | dip6 | range-vid

a l
| range-ip | range-length | range-l4port | field-valid | ext-pmask

Re
| unknown>
acl set template user-field index

Parameter:

D E N T I A L
C O N F
dmac
smac
dip
I -
-
-
destination mac address
source mac address
destination ipv4 address
sip

c h n o l o g
-

y , I n c
source ipv4 address

e
dip6 - destination ipv6 address

for L o s o
sip6
T
ethertype
gemport-llid
-
-
-
source ipv6 address
ethernet type or payload lengthlength
gemport id or llid
next-header - ipv6 next header
range-l4port - layer4 port number range checking list
range-vid - vid range checking list
range-ip - ip range checking list
range-length - packet length range checking list
stag - stag rule matching
ctag - ctag rule matching
user-field - user defined field
field-valid - user defined field valid list
ext-pmask - extention port mask
unknown - unknown configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure acl template with dmac and
smac and IPv4 dip.

SFU Product Page 293 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> acl clear template


RTK.0> acl set template dip
RTK.0> acl set template smac
RTK.0> acl set template dmac
RTK.0> acl show template
Template: 0 [0] IP4DIP0
[1] IP4DIP1
[2] SMAC0
[3] SMAC1

a l t e
[4] SMAC2
[5] DMAC0 k
Re
[6] DMAC1
[7] DMAC2
RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 294 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl add template


Description:
This command can use to add configured template to device. The
template number is supportted by different devices.

Syntax:
acl add template entry index

Parameter:
index

a l t e k
- specified entry index

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to add template with stag, ctag, dip, sip,

D E N T I A L
user-defined field 0 and 1 to template entry 2.

C O N F I
RTK.0> acl clear template
RTK.0> acl set template stag
RTK.0> acl set template ctag

g y , I
RTK.0> acl set template dip

c h n o l o n c
e
RTK.0> acl set template sip

for L o s o T
RTK.0> acl set template user-field 0
RTK.0> acl set template user-field 1
RTK.0> acl show template
Template: 0 [0] STAG
[1] CTAG
[2] IP4DIP0
[3] IP4DIP1
[4] IP4SIP0
[5] IP4SIP1
[6] Field_Sel0
[7] Field_Sel1
RTK.0> acl add template entry 2
RTK.0> acl get template entry 2
Template: 2 [0] STAG
[1] CTAG
[2] IP4DIP0
[3] IP4DIP1
[4] IP4SIP0
[5] IP4SIP1

SFU Product Page 295 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

[6] Field_Sel0
[7] Field_Sel1
RTK.0>

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 296 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get template


Description:
This command can be used to get templates which be configured
to device.

Syntax:
acl get template entry index

Parameter:
Index

a l t e k
- specified entry index

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get template index 0 and 1.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> acl get template entry 0

D
C O N F I
Template: 0 [0] DMAC0
[1] DMAC1
[2] DMAC2

c h
[3] STAG

n o l o g y , I n c
e
[4] SMAC0

for L o s o T [5] SMAC1


[6] SMAC2
[7] ETHERTYPE
RTK.0> acl get template entry 1
Template: 1 [0] CTAG
[1] IP4SIP0
[2] IP4SIP1
[3] VIDRANGE
[4] IPRANGE
[5] PORTRANGE
[6] IP4DIP0
[7] IP4DIP1
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 297 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl del template


Description:
This command can be used to delete templates which be configured
to device. After deleting template, any packet will not hit acl
rules with deleted template entry index.

Syntax:
acl del template entry index

Parameter:
index

a l t e k
- specified entry index

Re Examples:

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to delete template entry 2.

C O N F I
RTK.0> acl get template entry 2
Template: 2 [0] STAG
[1] CTAG

c h g y
[2] IP4DIP0

n o l o , I n c
e
[3] IP4DIP1

for L o s o T [4] IP4SIP0


[5] IP4SIP1
[6] Field_Sel0
[7] Field_Sel1
RTK.0> acl del template entry 2
RTK.0> acl get template entry 2
Template: 2 [0] unknown
[1] unknown
[2] unknown
[3] unknown
[4] unknown
[5] unknown
[6] unknown
[7] unknown
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 298 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set range-vid


Description:
This command can configure vid, either svlan or cvlan, range
check entry. While acl rule was configed to match desired vid
range, valid entries will be compare with acl rule. If packets
are without vlan tagging, then vid and svid will be assign as
0 to compared all vid range checking entries. The entry setting
is be disabled while either state is configured to invalid or
low-bound/up-bound is set as 0/4095.

Syntax:

a l t e k
Re
acl set range-vid entry index state <valid | invlaid>
acl set range-vid entry index type <svid | cvid>

D E N T I A L
acl set range-vid entry index <low-bound | up-bound> vid

C O N F
index
state
I
Parameter:
-
-
specified entry index
valid state configuration
type

c h n o l o g y ,-

I n c
vid range type

e
low-bound - low bound range

for L o s o T
up-bound
vid
-

high bound range
specify the numeric VLAN identifier

Examples:
This example shows how to configured cvlan vid range for vid 100
to 200 and svlan vid range for svid 1000 to 2000.

RTK.0> acl set range-vid entry 0 state valid


RTK.0> acl set range-vid entry 0 type cvid
RTK.0> acl set range-vid entry 0 low-bound 100
RTK.0> acl set range-vid entry 0 up-bound 200
RTK.0> acl set range-vid entry 1 state valid
RTK.0> acl set range-vid entry 1 type svid
RTK.0> acl set range-vid entry 1 low-bound 1000
RTK.0> acl set range-vid entry 1 up-bound 2000

SFU Product Page 299 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get range-vid


Description:
Show vid range checking entry contents.

Syntax:
acl get range-vid entry index

Parameter:
index - specified entry index

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows configuration of vid range checking entry
index 1.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> acl get range-vid entry 1

D
C O N F I
Range check of VID
Index: 1 Upper: 2000 Lower: 1000 Type: SVID
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 300 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set range-ip


Description:
This command can configure IP address, either destination or
source, range check entry. While acl rule be configed to match
desired IP range, only valid entries will be compare with acl
rule. The entry setting is be disabled, while either state is
configed to invalid or low-bound/up-bound is set as 0.0.0.0/
255.255.255.255. Different device supports different address
bits checking for IPv6 IP range checking. At least IPv6 IP range

t e k
checking is supporting with LSB 32-bits.

a l
Re
Syntax:
acl set range-ip entry index state <valid | invlaid>

E N T I A L
acl set range-ip entry index type <sip | dip | sip6 | dip6>
acl set range-ip entry index low-bound low_bound_ip up-bound

D
C O N F I
up_bound_ip

Parameter:
index

c h n o l o
-

g y , I n c
specified entry index

e
state - valid state configuration

for L o s o
type
dip
sip
T -
-
-
ip range type
destination ipv4 address
source ipv4 address
dip6 - destination ipv6 address
sip6 - source ipv6 address
low-bound - low bound range
up-bound - high bound range

Examples:
This example shows how to configure IP range checking entry 0
for IPv4 dip range within 172.1.1.1/16.

RTK.0> acl set range-ip entry 0 state valid


RTK.0> acl set range-ip entry 0 type dip
RTK.0> acl set range-ip entry 0 low-bound 172.1.1.1 up-bound
172.1.1.16
RTK.0> acl get range-ip entry 0
Range check of IP address
Index: 0 Upper: 172.1.1.16 Lower: 172.1.1.1 Type: IPv4 Dip

SFU Product Page 301 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0>

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 302 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get range-ip


Description:
Show IP range checking entry contents.

Syntax:
acl get range-ip entry index

Parameter:
index - specified entry index

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows configuration of IP range checking entry
index 1.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> acl get range-ip entry 1

D
C O N F I
Range check of IP address
Index: 1 Upper: 192.168.1.255 Lower: 192.168.1.1 Type: Ipv4 Sip
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 303 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set range-l4port


Description:
This command can configure layer-4 tcp or udp port, either
destination or source, range check entry. While acl rule was
configed to match desired tcp or udp port range, only valid
entries will be compare with acl rule. The entry setting is be
disabled while either state is configured to invalid or
low-bound/up-bound is set as 0/65535.

Syntax:

a l t e k
acl set range-l4port entry index state <valid | invlaid>

Re
acl set range-l4port entry index type <src-port | dst-port>
acl set range-l4port entry index <low-bound | up-bound> l4port

Parameter:

D E N T I A L
C O N F
index
state
type
I -
-
-
specified entry index
valid state configuration
ip range type
src-port

c h n o l o
-

g y , I n c
source port number

e
dst-port - destination port number

for L o s o T
low-bound
up-bound
l4port
-
-

low bound range
high bound range
specify the tcp/udp layer4 port number

Examples:
This example shows how to configure layer-4 port range checking
entry index 0 to tcp source port range checking from 1024~2000.

RTK.0> acl set range-l4port entry 0 type src-port


RTK.0> acl set range-l4port entry 0 low-bound 1024
RTK.0> acl set range-l4port entry 0 up-bound 2000
RTK.0> acl set range-l4port entry 0 state valid
RTK.0> acl get range-l4port entry 0
Range check of L4 port
Index: 0 Upper: 2000 Lower: 1024 Type: Source Port
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 304 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get range-l4port


Description:
Show layer-4 tcp/udp port range checking entry contents.

Syntax:
acl get range-l4port entry index

Parameter:
index - specified entry index

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows configuration of layer-4 tcp/udp port range
checking entry index 0-1.

E N T I A
RTK.0> acl get range-l4port

D L entry 0

C O N F I
Range check of L4 port
Index: 0 Upper: 2000 Lower:
RTK.0> acl get range-l4port
1024 Type: Source Port
entry 1

g
Range check of L4 port

c h n o l o y , I n c
e
Index: 1 Upper: 1023 Lower: 0 Type: Destination Port

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 305 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set range-length


Description:
This command can configure length-range checking entry of
ingress packet. While acl rule be configed to match packet length
range, only valid entries will be compare with acl rule. The
entry setting is be disabled while either state is configured
to invalid or low-bound/up-bound is set as 0/16383. If
reverse-state is set, it means packets which length is not within
low-bound and up-bound setting are matched configuration.

Syntax:

a l t e k
Re
acl set range-length entry index reverse-state <disable |
enable>

D E N T I A L
acl set range-length entry index <low-bound | up-bound> length

C O N F
indexI
Parameter:

reverse-state
-
-
specified entry index
reverse configuration
disable

c h n o l o
-

g y , I n c
disable configuration

e
enable - enable configuration

for L o s o T
low-bound
up-bound
length
-
-

low bound range
high bound range
specify length

Examples:
This example shows how to configure packet length range checking
entry index 0 to lenth 64~1518.

RTK.0> acl set range-length entry 0 low-bound 64


RTK.0> acl set range-length entry 0 up-bound 1518
RTK.0> acl set range-length entry 0 reverse-state disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 306 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get range-length


Description:
Show packet length range checking entry contents.

Syntax:
acl get range-length entry index

Parameter:
index - specified entry index

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows configuration of packet length range checking
entry index 0 and index 1.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> acl get range-length entry 0

D
C O N F I
Range check of packet length
Index: 0 Upper: 2000 Lower: 64 Type: Not Revise
RTK.0> acl get range-length entry 1

g y , I
Range check of packet length

c h n o l o n c
e
Index: 1 Upper: 1522 Lower: 68 Type: Not Revise

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 307 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get reason


Description:
Shows acl hit rule entry for each action. Each action will be
executed by the first matched rule entry.

Syntax:
acl get reason <all | cvlan | svlan | priority | policing |
forward | extend>

Parameter:
all

a l t e- k
all actions hit rule index

Re
cvlan - cvlan related action hit rule index
svlan - svlan related action hit rule index
priority
policing

D E N T
-

I A L
priority related action hit rule index
- priority related action hit rule index

C O N F I
extend

Examples:
- extend related action hit rule index

g y , I n c
This example shows how to get acl action hit rule entry number.

c h n o l o
for L o s o T e
RTK.0> acl get reason all
Action
cvlan
Hit Index
yes 0
svlan no 0
priority no 0
policing no 0
forward no 0
extend no 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 308 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set mode


Description:
This command can configure acl mode for different number of rules
usage.

Syntax:
acl set mode <64-entries | 128-entries>

Parameter:
64-entries

a
128-entries
l t e k
- 64 rule entries usage
- 128 rule entries usage

Re Examples:

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to configure acl mode to 128 rules.

C O N F I
RTK.0> acl init
RTK.0> acl set mode 128-entries
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 309 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get mode


Description:
Show acl number of rules usage.

Syntax:
acl get mode

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get valid number of acl rules.

RTK.0> acl init

E N T
RTK.0> acl get mode

D I A L
C O N F I
ACL mode: 64 Entries
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 310 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set state


Description:
This command can configure per-port acl enable state. If acl
ingress state is enabled, all packets from the acl enable port
will be matching acl rules and switch will follow the 1st matched
acl action to packets which hit configured acl rules.

Syntax:
acl set port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state <disable | enable>

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
ports - specified port list
All – specify all ports
state
disable

D E N T
-
-
I A L
state configuration
disable configuration

C O N F I
enable

Examples:
- enable configuration

g y , I n c
This example shows how to configure acl state of ports from port

c h n o l o
e
2 to port 4.

for L o s o T
RTK.0> acl set port 2-4 state enable
RTK.0> acl get port 0-6 state
Port State
0 Disable
1 Disable
2 Enable
3 Enable
4 Enable
5 Disable
6 Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 311 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get state


Description:
Show per-port acl enable state.

Syntax:
acl get port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all
state

a l t e k
– specify all ports
- state configuration

Re Examples:

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to get acl state of port 1,3 and 5.

C O N F I
RTK.0> acl get port 1,3,5 state
Port State
1 Disable
3 Enable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
5 Disable

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 312 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set permit


Description:
This command can configure switch action for packets which
unmatched ingress acl rules. If permit is not set, switch will
drop packets, which are unmatched any acl rule.

Syntax:
acl set port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> permit <disable | enable>

Parameter:
ports

a l t e- k
specified port list

Re
all – specify all ports
permit - permit configuration
disable
enable

D E N T
-

I A L
disable configuration
- enable configuration

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to configure port 0-3 acl permit enable
setting.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e
RTK.0> acl set port 0-3 permit enable
RTK.0> acl get port 0-6 permit
Port State
0 Enable
1 Enable
2 Enable
3 Enable
4 Disable
5 Disable
6 Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 313 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get permit


Description:
Show per port acl permit state.

Syntax:
acl get port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> permit

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all

a
permit
l t e k
– specify all ports
- permit configuration

Re Examples:

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to get the ports 1,3,5 acl permit state.

C O N F I
RTK.0> acl get port 1,3,5 permit
Port State
1 Enable
3 Enable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
5 Disable

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 314 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

field-selector set
Description:
This command can configure acl user defined field. Each field
can set 16-bits content of packet which user wants to filter for
acl uage. From pure raw packet to layer-4 content as tcp or udp,
the field can be set for parsing content of packet inside the
first 256 bytes.

Syntax:

t e k
field-selector set index index format <default | raw | llc | arp

a l
| ipv4-header | ipv6-header | ip-payload | l4-payload> offset offset

Re Parameter:
index
format

D E N T I
-
A L
- specify index
parsing format

C O Nraw
llc
F I
default -
-
-
un-assigned format
parsing as l2 raw packet
parsing as llc packet
arp

c h n o l o g
-

y , I n c
parsing as arp packet

e
ipv4-header - parsing from ipv4 header

for L o s o T
ipv6-header
ip-payload
offset
-
-
-
parsing from ipv6 header
parsing from ipv4 payload
specify parsing byte offset

Examples:
This example show how to configure using acl to trap total length
field of ipv4 header which greate than 128 by setting field
selector 8 and udp ssdp “M-SEARCH” packets by setting field
selector 9/10/11/12.

RTK.0> field-selector set index 8 format ipv4-header offset 2


RTK.0> field-selector set index 9 format ip-payload offset 8
RTK.0> field-selector set index 10 format ip-payload offset 10
RTK.0> field-selector set index 11 format ip-payload offset 12
RTK.0> field-selector set index 12 format ip-payload offset 14

SFU Product Page 315 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

field-selector get
Description:
Show user defined field selector configuration.

Syntax:
field-selector get index index

Parameter:
index - specify index

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get field selectors 8-10.

E N
Index Offset Mode

D T I A L
RTK.0> field-selector get index 8

C O N
8

F I 2 IPv4 header
RTK.0> field-selector get index 9
Index Offset Mode
9 29

c h n g y
IP payload

o l o , I n c
e
RTK.0> field-selector get index 10

for L o s o T
Index Offset Mode
10
RTK.0>
31 IP payload

SFU Product Page 316 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.15. PON Mac commands

pon init
Description:
Initial PON mac module. For PON port the queue management and
schedule must using PON command to configurate it.

Syntax:

a l t e k
Re
pon init

Parameter:
None

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to initialize pon module.

o
RTK.0> pon init

c h n l o g y , I n c
for L o o T
RTK.0>

s e

SFU Product Page 317 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon set t-cont


Description:
The PON port queue management is based on T-CONT per tcont have
32 queues. If the PON port is used as UTP port, please use tcont
0 queue 0~7 to confgirate this port. This command set is buffer
mode, user muset call “pon add t-cont” to apply these seeting
to chip. For GPON mode please use “pon set t-cont” command

Syntax:

t e k
pon set t-cont t-cont queue-id queue-id <cir | pir> rate rate

a l
pon set t-cont t-cont queue-id queue-id scheduling type

Re
< strict | wfq >
pon set t-cont t-cont queue-id queue-id egress-drop state
<disable | enable>

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
Parameter:
t-cont
queue-id
- GPON T-CONT id
- Queue id
cir

c h n o l o g y , I n c
- Committed Information Rate,

e
Pir - Peak Information rate

for L o s o
Rate
T
Strict
- The PIR and CIR rate unit 64Kbps
- The traffic schedule is based on strick
priority
Wfq - The traffic schedule is based on wfq
Enable - Enable per queue egress drop
Disable - Disable per queue egress drop

Examples:
This example shows how to set t-cont 0 queue 0~1 as follow
configurations.
Queue-id schedule-type PIR/CIR egress-drop-state
0 Strict 100/10 disable
1 WFQ 100/10 disable

RTK.0> pon clear


RTK.0> pon set t-cont 0 queue-id 0 scheduling type strict
RTK.0> pon set t-cont 0 queue-id 0 pir rate 100
RTK.0> pon set t-cont 0 queue-id 0 cir rate 10
RTK.0> pon set t-cont 0 queue-id 0 egress-drop state disable

SFU Product Page 318 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> pon add t-cont 0 queue-id 0


RTK.0> pon clear
RTK.0> pon set t-cont 0 queue-id 1 scheduling type wfq
RTK.0> pon set t-cont 0 queue-id 1 pir rate 100
RTK.0> pon set t-cont 0 queue-id 1 cir rate 10
RTK.0> pon set t-cont 0 queue-id 1 egress-drop state disable
RTK.0> pon add t-cont 0 queue-id 1

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 319 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon get t-cont


Description:
This command can get queue setting. The “pon get t-cont
queue-list” can get which queue is scheduled by this t-cont.

Syntax:
pon get t-cont t-cont queue-id queue-id
pon get t-cont t-cont queue-list

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
t-cont - GPON T-CONT id
queue-id - Queue id
queue-list

D E N T I A L
- Queue list for this t-cont

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to get queue setting for t-cont 0 queue
0.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> pon get t-cont 0 queue-id 0

for L o s o T
CIR:10
PIR:100
queue Type:strict
WFQ weight:1
Egress Drop:Disable

This example shows how to get which queue is scheduled by t-cont


0.
RTK.0> pon get t-cont 0 queue-list
queue 0 :O
queue 1 :O
queue 2 :O
queue 3 :O
queue 4 :O
queue 5 :O
queue 6 :O
queue 7 :O
queue 8 :X
queue 9 :X

SFU Product Page 320 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

queue 10 :X
queue 11 :X
queue 12 :X
queue 13 :X
queue 14 :X
queue 15 :X
queue 16 :X
queue 17 :X
queue 18 :X
queue

a
queue
19
20
l t
:X
:X
e k
Re
queue 21 :X
queue 22 :X
queue
queue

D
23
24

E
:X

N
:X
T I A L
C O N F I
queue
queue
queue
25
26
27
:X
:X
:X
queue 28

c h n
:X

o l o g y , I n c
e
queue 29 :X

for L o s o T
queue
queue
30
31
:X
:X

SFU Product Page 321 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon add t-cont


Description:
Use this command to apply pon queue setting to asic.

Syntax:
pon add t-cont t-cont queue-id queue-id

Parameter:
t-cont - GPON T-CONT id
queue-id

a l t e k
- Queue id

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to set t-cont 0 queue 0~1 as follow
configurations.
Queue-id

D E N T I A
schedule-type
L PIR/CIR egress-drop-state

C O N
0
1
F I Strict
WFQ
100/10
100/10
disable
disable

RTK.0>

c
pon

h n o
clear

l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> pon set t-cont 0 queue-id 0 scheduling type strict

for L o s o T
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
pon
pon
pon
set t-cont
set t-cont
set t-cont
0
0
0
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
0
0
0
pir rate 100
cir rate 10
egress-drop state disable
RTK.0> pon add t-cont 0 queue-id 0
RTK.0> pon clear
RTK.0> pon set t-cont 0 queue-id 1 scheduling type wfq
RTK.0> pon set t-cont 0 queue-id 1 pir rate 100
RTK.0> pon set t-cont 0 queue-id 1 cir rate 10
RTK.0> pon set t-cont 0 queue-id 1 egress-drop state disable
RTK.0> pon add t-cont 0 queue-id 1

SFU Product Page 322 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon del t-cont


Description:
Use this command to remove queue from given t-cont scheduler.

Syntax:
pon del t-cont t-cont queue-id queue-id

Parameter:
t-cont - GPON T-CONT id
queue-id

a l t e k
- Queue id

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to delete queue 0 from t-cont 0.

D E N T I A L
RTK.0> pon del t-cont 0 queue-id 0

C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 323 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon set llid


Description:
The PON port queue management is based on LLID, per llid have
8 queues. If the PON port is used as UTP port, please use llid
0 queue 0~7 to confgirate this port. This command set is buffer
mode, user muset call “pon add llid” to apply these seeting to
chip. For EPON mode please use “pon set llid” command

Syntax:

t e k
pon set llid llid queue-id queue-id <cir | pir> rate rate

a l
pon set llid llid queue-id queue-id scheduling type

Re
< strict | wfq >
pon set llid llid queue-id queue-id egress-drop state <disable
| enable>

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
Parameter:
t-cont
queue-id
- EPON llid
- Queue id
cir

c h n o l o g y , I n c
- Committed Information Rate,

e
Pir - Peak Information rate

for L o s o
Rate
T
Strict
- The PIR and CIR rate unit 64Kbps
- The traffic schedule is based on strick
priority
Wfq - The traffic schedule is based on wfq
Enable - Enable per queue egress drop
Disable - Disable per queue egress drop

Examples:
This example shows how to set llid 0 queue 0~1 as follow
configurations.
Queue-id schedule-type PIR/CIR egress-drop-state
0 Strict 100/10 disable
1 WFQ 100/10 disable
RTK.0> pon clear
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 scheduling type strict
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 pir rate 100
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 cir rate 10
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 egress-drop state disable
RTK.0> pon add llid 0 queue-id 0

SFU Product Page 324 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 scheduling type strict


RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 pir rate 100
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 cir rate 10
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 egress-drop state disable
RTK.0> pon add llid 0 queue-id 0
RTK.0> pon clear
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 1 scheduling type wfq
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 1 pir rate 100
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 1 cir rate 10
RTK.0>

a
RTK.0>
pon

l
pon
t e
set llid
add llid k0
0
queue-id
queue-id
1
1
egress-drop state disable

Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 325 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon get llid


Description:
This command can get queue setting. The “pon get llid queue-list”
can get which queue is scheduled by this llid.

Syntax:
pon get llid llid queue-id queue-id
pon get llid llid queue-list

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
llid - EPON llid
queue-id - Queue id
queue-list

D E N T I A L
- Queue list for this t-cont

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to get queue setting for llid queue 0.

g y , I n c
RTK.0> pon get llid 0 queue-id 0

c h n o l o
e
CIR:10

for L o s o T
PIR:100
queue Type:strict
WFQ weight:1
Egress Drop:Disable

This example shows how to get which queue is scheduled by llid


0.
RTK.0> pon get llid 0 queue-list
queue 0 :O
queue 1 :O
queue 2 :O
queue 3 :O
queue 4 :O
queue 5 :O
queue 6 :O
queue 7 :O
queue 8 :X
queue 9 :X
queue 10 :X

SFU Product Page 326 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

queue 11 :X
queue 12 :X
queue 13 :X
queue 14 :X
queue 15 :X
queue 16 :X
queue 17 :X
queue 18 :X
queue 19 :X
queue

a
queue
20
21
l t
:X
:X
e k
Re
queue 22 :X
queue 23 :X
queue
queue

D
24
25

E
:X

N
:X
T I A L
C O N F I
queue
queue
queue
26
27
28
:X
:X
:X
queue 29

c h n
:X

o l o g y , I n c
e
queue 30 :X

for L o s o T
queue 31 :X

SFU Product Page 327 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon add llid


Description:
Use this command to apply pon queue setting to asic.

Syntax:
pon add llid llid queue-id queue-id

Parameter:
llid - EPON llid
queue-id

a l t e k- Queue id

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to set llid 0 queue 0~1 as follow
configurations.
Queue-id

D E N T I A
schedule-type
L PIR/CIR egress-drop-state

C O N
0
1
F I Strict
WFQ
100/10
100/10
disable
disable

RTK.0>

c
pon

h n o
clear

l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 scheduling type strict

for L o s o T
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
pon
pon
pon
set llid
set llid
set llid
0
0
0
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
0
0
0
pir rate 100
cir rate 10
egress-drop state disable
RTK.0> pon add llid 0 queue-id 0
RTK.0> pon clear
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 1 scheduling type wfq
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 1 pir rate 100
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 1 cir rate 10
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 1 egress-drop state disable
RTK.0> pon add llid 0 queue-id 1

SFU Product Page 328 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon del llid


Description:
Use this command to remove queue from given llid scheduler.

Syntax:
pon del llid llid queue-id queue-id

Parameter:
llid -EPON llid
queue-id

a l t e k
-Queue id

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to delete queue 0 from LLID 0.

D E N T I A L
RTK.0> pon del llid 0 queue-id 0

C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 329 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon clear
Description:
This command can clear contents of configured pon queue setting.
It is necessary to use this command before editing and adding
new queue to make sure the setting are wanted.

Syntax:
pon clear

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
none

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to set llid 0 queue 0~1 as follow

D
C O N F I
configurations.
Queue-id schedule-type PIR/CIR egress-drop-state
0 Strict 100/10 disable
1

c
WFQ

h n o l o g y , I n
100/10
c disable

e
RTK.0> pon clear

for L o s o T
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 scheduling type strict
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 pir rate 100
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 cir rate 10
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 egress-drop state disable
RTK.0> pon add llid 0 queue-id 0
RTK.0> pon clear
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 1 scheduling type wfq
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 1 pir rate 100
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 1 cir rate 10
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 1 egress-drop state disable
RTK.0> pon add llid 0 queue-id 1

SFU Product Page 330 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon reset
Description:
This command can reset all pon mac setting to default as “pon
init” was called. All queue will be remove from all t-cont or
llid.

Syntax:
pon reset

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
None

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to reset pon mac setting.

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> pon reset

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 331 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.16. Classfication commands

classf init
Description:
Classificatoin module initialization. It will delete all
classification entries.

Syntax:

a l t e k
Re
classf init

Parameter:
None

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to initialize classification module.

o l
RTK.0> classf init

c h n o g y , I n c
for L o o T
RTK.0>

s e

SFU Product Page 332 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf clear
Description:
Clear classification edit buffer. The edit buffer is used to
store settings of classification rule and action, and will be
applied by “classf add entry” command.

Syntax:
classf clear

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to clear classification edit buffer. It
must be used before a new classification entry is added.

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> classf clear
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 333 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf show
Description:
Show the edit buffer of classification rule

Syntax:
classf show

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to display edit buffer of classification
rule:

E N
RTK.0> classf show

D T I A L
C O N F I
Not: Disable
direction: Upstream
Rule:
tag vid data: 1000

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
mask: 0xfff

for L o s o T
Upstream action:
Stag action: No operation
Ctag action: No operation
SID action: ASSIGN to SID
Assign ID: 10
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 334 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set rule


Description:
Configure the edit buffer of classification rule

Syntax:
classf set rule direction <upstream | downstream>
classf set rule <tos-sid | tag-vid | tag-priority |
internal-priority | svlan-bit | cvlan-bit | uni | ether-type |
range-l4port | range-ip | hit-acl | wan-if | ipmc-bit | ip6mc-bit

t e k
| igmp-bit | mld-bit | dei-cfi> data data mask mask

a l
Re
Parameter:
direction – specify the rule is applied to upstream or

upstream

D E N T I A L
downstream direction
– upstream configuration

C O N F I
downstream
tos-sid
– downstream configuration
- for upstream rule, this field specify to
tos, for downstream rule this field specify

c h n o l o g y , I n c
to steam id

e
tag-vid - specify to outer tag vid field

for L o s o T
tag-priority
internal-priority
svlan-bit
- specify to outer tag priority field
- specify to internal priority field
- specify to stag exist field
cvlan -bit - specify to ctag exist field
uni - specify to ingress uni for downstream and
specify to egress uni for upstream
ether-type - specify to Ethernet type field
range-l4port - layer4 port number range checking list
range-ip - ip range checking list
hit-acl - acl matched index
wan-if - wan interface
ipmc-bit - care field of ipv4 multicast packet
ip6mc-bit - care field of ipv6 multicast packe
igmp-bit - care field of igmp packet
mld-bit - care field of mld packet
dei-cfi - dei or cfi field of tag
data - the data value of each field
mask - the data mask of each field

SFU Product Page 335 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Examples:
This example shows how to edit a classification downstream rule
for variant fields.

RTK.0> classf clear


RTK.0> classf set rule direction downstream
RTK.0> classf set rule ether-type data 0x0800 mask 0xffff
RTK.0> classf set rule cvlan-bit data 1 mask 1
RTK.0> classf set rule svlan-bit data 1 mask 1
RTK.0> classf

a l
RTK.0> classf
t e
set rule
set rule k tag-vid data 1000 mask 0xfff
tag-priority data 5 mask 7

Re
RTK.0> classf set rule uni data 1 mask 7
RTK.0> classf show
Not: Disable

E N T
direction: Downstream

D I A L
C O N F I
Rule:
ether type data: 0x0800
mask: 0xffff
Rule:

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
s-bit data: 1

for L o s o T
Rule:
mask: 0x1

c-bit data: 1
mask: 0x1
Rule:
tag vid data: 1000
mask: 0xfff
Rule:
tag priority data: 5
mask: 0x7
Rule:
UNI data: 1
mask: 0x7
Downstream action:
Stag action: No operation
Ctag action: No operation
Classf PRI action: Follow switch core
UNI action: No operation
UNI ports: none

SFU Product Page 336 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0>

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 337 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set downstream-action


Description:
Configure the edit buffer of classification downstream action

Syntax:
classf set downstream-action svlan-act <nop | vs-tpid | c-tpid
| del | transparent | sp2c>
classf set downstream-action svlan-id-act assign vid
classf set downstream-action svlan-id-act <copy-outer |
copy-inner> [vid]

a l t e k
classf set downstream-action svlan-priority-act assign

Re
priority
classf set downstream-action svlan-priority-act <copy-outer |

E N T I A L
copy-inner | internal-priority> [priority]
classf set downstream-action cvlan-act <nop | c-tag | sp2c | del

D
C O N F I
| transparent>
classf set downstream-action cvlan-id-act assign vid
classf set downstream-action cvlan-id-act <follow-swcore |

g y , I n c
copy-outer | copy-inner | lookup-table> [vid]

c h n o l o
e
classf set downstream-action cvlan-priority-act assign

for L o s o
priority
T
classf set downstream-action cvlan-priority-act <copy-outer |
copy-inner | internal-priority> [priority]
classf set downstream-action priority-act assign priority
classf set downstream-action priority-act follow-swcore
classf set downstream-action remark-dscp <disable | enable>

Parameter:
svlan-act – specify the stag action
nop - no operation
vs-tpid - s-tagging with tpid in svlan configuration
c-tpid - s-tagging with 802.1Q tpid 0x8100
del - de-tagging vlan
transparent - vlan transparent configuration
sp2c - specify from the sp2c table
svlan-id-act – specify the stag vid action
svlan-priority-ac – specify the stag priority action
t
assign – specify assigned value

SFU Product Page 338 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

copy-outer - specify from outer tag


copy-inner - specify from inner tag
vid – specify the numeric VLAN identifier
priority - priority configuration
internal-priority - spefify from switch internal priority
cvlan-id-act – specify the ctag vid action
cvlan-priority-ac – specify the ctag priority action
t
ctag - c-tagging
priority-act

a l
follow-swcore
t e -
- k classification priority assign
follow switch normal decision

Re
lookup-table - specify from lookup table
remark-dscp - dscp remarking
uni-forward-act
flood

D E N T I A
-
-
L
egress forward configuration
flooding within assigned ports

C O N F I
forced
ports
all
-
-
-
forced forward to assigned ports
specified port list
specify all ports
none

c h n o l o g y-

, I n c
specify no port

for L o s o T
Examples:
e
This example shows how to edit a classification downstream
action. Remove Stag. Assign Ctag with VID=100, priority=2.
Assign internal priority=5. And force forward to UNI 0.

RTK.0> classf clear


RTK.0> classf set rule direction downstream
RTK.0> classf set rule ether-type data 0x0800 mask 0xffff
RTK.0> classf set rule cvlan-bit data 1 mask 1
RTK.0> classf set rule svlan-bit data 1 mask 1
RTK.0> classf set rule tag-vid data 1000 mask 0xfff
RTK.0> classf set rule tag-priority data 5 mask 7
RTK.0> classf set rule uni data 1 mask 7
RTK.0> classf set downstream-action svlan-act del
RTK.0> classf set downstream-action cvlan-act c-tag
RTK.0> classf set downstream-action cvlan-id-act assign 100
RTK.0> classf set downstream-action cvlan-priority-act assign
2
RTK.0> classf set downstream-action priority-act assign 5

SFU Product Page 339 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> classf set downstream-action uni-forward-act forced port


0
RTK.0> classf show
Not: Disable
direction: Downstream
Rule:
ether type data: 0x0800
mask: 0xffff
Rule:
s-bit data: 1

a l t
mask: 0x1
e k
Re
Rule:
c-bit data: 1

Rule:
mask: 0x1

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
tag vid data: 1000

Rule:
mask: 0xfff

tag priority data: 5

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
mask: 0x7

for L o s o T
Rule:
UNI data: 1
mask: 0x7
Downstream action:
Stag action: Delete
Ctag action: Tagging
Ctag VID action: Assign
Ctag VID: 100
Ctag PRI action: Assign
Ctag PRI: 2
Classf PRI action: Assign
CF PRI: 5
UNI action: Force forward
UNI ports: 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 340 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set upstream-action


Description:
Configure the edit buffer of classification upstream action

Syntax:
classf set upstream-action svlan-act <nop | vs-tpid | c-tpid |
del | transparent>
classf set upstream-action svlan-id-act assign vid
classf set upstream-action svlan-id-act <copy-outer |
copy-inner> [vid]

a l t e k
classf set upstream-action svlan-priority-act assign priority

Re
classf set upstream-action svlan-priority-act <copy-outer |
copy-inner | internal-priority> [priority]

| transparent>

D E N T I A L
classf set upstream-action cvlan-act <nop | c-tag | c2s | del

C O N F I
classf set upstream-action cvlan-id-act assign vid
classf set upstream-action cvlan-id-act <copy-outer |
copy-inner> [vid]

g y , I n c
classf set upstream-action cvlan-priority -act assign priority

c h n o l o
e
classf set upstream-action cvlan-priority-act <copy-outer |

for L o s o T
copy-inner | internal-priority> [priority]
classf set upstream-action priority-act assign priority
classf set upstream-action priority-act follow-swcore
classf set upstream-action sid-act <sid | qid> id
classf set upstream-action sid-act nop
classf set upstream-action statistic index
classf set upstream-action remark-dscp <disable | enable>
classf set upstream-action drop <disable | enable>

Parameter:
svlan-act – specify the stag action
nop - no operation
vs-tpid - s-tagging with tpid in svlan configuration
c-tpid - s-tagging with 802.1Q tpid 0x8100
del - de-tagging vlan
transparent - vlan transparent configuration
svlan-id-act – specify the stag vid action
svlan-priority-ac – specify the stag priority action
t

SFU Product Page 341 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

assign – specify assigned value


copy-outer - specify from outer tag
copy-inner - specify from inner tag
vid – specify the numeric VLAN identifier
priority - priority configuration
internal-priority - spefify from switch internal priority
cvlan-id-act – specify the ctag vid action
cvlan-priority-ac – specify the ctag priority action
t
ctag
c2s

a l t e -
- k
c-tagging
specify from the c2s table

Re
priority-act - classification priority assign
follow-swcore - follow switch normal decision
sid-act
sid

D E N T I

-
A L
specify the stream id action
stream id configuration

C O N F
qid
I
statistic
remark-dscp

-
-
specify the numeric queue identifier
statistic counter configuration
dscp remarking
drop

c h n o l o g
-

y , I n c
drop packet

e
disable - disable configuration

for L o s o T
enable

Examples:
- enable configuration

This example shows how to edit a classification upstream action.


Add Stag by VID 1000, priority copy from outer tag. Ctag
transparent. And assign stream-ID to 1.

RTK.0> classf clear


RTK.0> classf set rule direction upstream
RTK.0> classf set rule svlan-bit data 0 mask 1
RTK.0> classf set rule cvlan-bit data 1 mask 1
RTK.0> classf set rule tag-vid data 100 mask 0xfff
RTK.0> classf set upstream-action svlan-act vs-tpid
RTK.0> classf set upstream-action svlan-id-act assign 1000
RTK.0> classf set upstream-action svlan-priority-act
copy-outer
RTK.0> classf set upstream-action cvlan-act transparent
RTK.0> classf set upstream-action sid-act sid 1
RTK.0> classf show

SFU Product Page 342 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Not: Disable
direction: Upstream
Rule:
c-bit data: 0
mask: 0x1
Rule:
s-bit data: 1
mask: 0x1
Rule:

t
tag vid data: 100

a l e
mask: 0xfff k
Re
Upstream action:
Stag action: VS_TPID

E N
Stag VID: 1000

D T I
Stag VID action: Assign

A L
C O N F I
Stag PRI action: Copy from 1st tag
Stag PRI: 0
Ctag action: Transparent

g y ,
SID action: ASSIGN to SID

c h n o l o I n c
e
Assign ID: 1

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 343 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf add entry


Description:
Add the classification entry according to the edit buffer of rule
and upsteam/downstream action

Syntax:
classf add entry index

Parameter:
index

a l t e k
– specify the entry index

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to add a classification entry in detail.

D E N T I A L
Including edit buffer of rule and downstream action.

C O N F I
RTK.0> classf clear
RTK.0> classf set rule direction downstream
RTK.0> classf set rule ether-type data 0x0800 mask 0xffff

g y , I n c
RTK.0> classf set rule cvlan-bit data 1 mask 1

c h n o l o
e
RTK.0> classf set rule svlan-bit data 1 mask 1

for L o s o T
RTK.0> classf set rule tag-vid data 1000 mask 0xfff
RTK.0> classf set rule tag-priority data 5 mask 7
RTK.0> classf set rule uni data 1 mask 7
RTK.0> classf set downstream-action svlan-act del
RTK.0> classf set downstream-action cvlan-act c-tag
RTK.0> classf set downstream-action cvlan-id-act assign 100
RTK.0> classf set downstream-action cvlan-priority-act assign
2
RTK.0> classf set downstream-action priority-act assign 5
RTK.0> classf set downstream-action uni-forward-act forced port
0
RTK.0> classf add entry 0
RTK.0>
RTK.0> classf get entry 0
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable
direction: Downstream
databit: 0x4519-801f-0800
carebit: 0xff1f-807f-ffff

SFU Product Page 344 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Downstream action:
Stag action: Delete
Ctag action: Tagging
Ctag VID action: Assign
Ctag VID: 100
Ctag PRI action: Assign
Ctag PRI: 2
Classf PRI action: Assign
CF PRI: 5

t e
UNI action: Force forward

a l
UNI ports: 0 k
Re
RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 345 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf get entry


Description:
Show the raw data of classification entry

Syntax:
classf get entry index

Parameter:
index – specify the entry index

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to display classification entry:

E
Valid: Valid

D N T I A
RTK.0> classf get entry 0

L
C O N F I
Not: Disable
direction: Downstream
databit: 0x4519-801f-0800

g y ,
carebit: 0xff1f-807f-ffff

c h n o l o I n c
e
Downstream action:

for L o s o T
Stag action: Delete
Ctag action: Tagging
Ctag VID action: Assign
Ctag VID: 100
Ctag PRI action: Assign
Ctag PRI: 2
Classf PRI action: Assign
CF PRI: 5
UNI action: Force forward
UNI ports: 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 346 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf del entry


Description:
Delete the classification entry

Syntax:
classf del entry index
classf del entry all

Parameter:
index
all

a l t e k
– specify the entry index
- all entries

Re Examples:

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to del a classification entry

C O N F I
RTK.0> classf del entry 0

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 347 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set operation


Description:
Configuration the operation mode as hit or not hit for upstream
or downstream rule

Syntax:
classf set operation entry index <upstream | downstream> < hit
| not >

Parameter:
index

a l t e– k
specify the entry index

Re
upstream – upstream configuration
downstream – downstream configuration
hit
not

D E N T

I A L
hit operation
– reverse operation

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to configure a downstream classification

g
entry as hit operation

c h n o l o y , I n c
for L o s o T e
RTK.0> classf set operation entry 0 downstream hit

SFU Product Page 348 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf get operation


Description:
Get the operation mode for upstream or downstream rule

Syntax:
classf get entry index

Parameter:
index – specify the entry index

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to display a classification entry
operation

E N T I A
RTK.0> classf get entry 0

D L
C O N F I
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable
direction: Downstream

g y ,
databit: 0x4519-801f-0800

c h n o l o I n c
e
carebit: 0xff1f-807f-ffff

for L o s o T
Downstream action:
Stag action: Delete
Ctag action: Tagging
Ctag VID action: Assign
Ctag VID: 100
Ctag PRI action: Assign
Ctag PRI: 2
Classf PRI action: Assign
CF PRI: 5
UNI action: Force forward
UNI ports: 0

SFU Product Page 349 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set cf-sel-port


Description:
Configuration PON port or RGMII port as the classification
uplink port

Syntax:
classf set cf-sel-port <pon | rg> <disable | enable>

Parameter:
pon
rg

a l t e –
- k
pon port configuration
rg port configuration

Re
disable - disable configuration
enable - enable configuration

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to enable PON port as classification
uplink port

g y , I n c
RTK.0> classf set cf-sel-port pon enable

c h n o l o
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 350 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf get cf-sel-port


Description:
Get the state of classification uplink port selection.

Syntax:
classf get cf-sel-port

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to display a classification uplink port
selection

E N T I A L
RTK.0> classf get cf-sel-port

D
C O N F I
Cf select port: PON enabled
Cf select port: RGMII disabled

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 351 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set upstream-unmatch-act


Description:
Configuration classification upstream unmatch action

Syntax:
classf set upstream-unmatch-act <drop | permit-without-pon |
permit>

Parameter:
drop

a
permit
l t e k
– drop packet
– forward packet

Re
permit-without-pon - forward packet exclude pon port

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to configure upstream unmatch action as

D
C O N F
drop
I
RTK.0> classf set upstream-unmatch-act drop

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 352 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf get upstream-unmatch-act


Description:
Get the classification upstream unmatch action

Syntax:
classf get upstream-unmatch-act

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to display a classification upstream
unmatch action

E N T I A L
RTK.0> classf get upstream-unmatch-act

D
C O N F I
Upstream un-match action: Drop

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 353 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set permit-sel-range


Description:
Set classification entry range selection for upstream unmatch
action. There are two options, one is for entry range 0-511, and
the other is for entry range 64-511.

Syntax:
classf set permit-sel-range < 0to511 | 64to511>

Parameter:

a
0to511
l t e k
– checking from rule 0 to rule 511

Re
64to511 – checking from rule 64 to rule 511

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to configure entry rang selection to

D
C O N F I
64-511.

RTK.0> classf set permit-sel-range 64to511

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 354 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf get permit-sel-range


Description:
This command can use to get classification entry range selection
for upstream unmatch action. There are two options, one is for
entry range 0-511, and the other is for entry range 64-511.

Syntax:
classf get us-unmatch-act

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re Examples:

selection

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to display the classification entry rang

C O N F I
RTK.0> classf get permit-sel-range
Permit range from 64 to 511

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 355 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set remarking dscp


Description:
Set DSCP remarking for classification DSCP_remarking action
used.

Syntax:
classf set remarking dscp priority priority dscp dscp

Parameter:
priority
dscp

a l t e k
- priority configuration
- dscp configuration

Re Examples:

D E I A L
This example shows how to configure classification DSCP

N T
remarking as priority 0 mapping to dscp 7, priority 1 mapping

C O N F I
to dscp 15, priority 2 mapping to dscp 23,
to dscp 31, priority 4 mapping to dscp 39,
to dscp 47, priority 6 mapping to dscp 55,
priority
priority
priority
3
5
7
mapping
mapping
mapping
to dscp 63

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
e classf
classf
classf
set
set
set
remarking
remarking
remarking
dscp
dscp
dscp
priority
priority
priority
0
1
2
dscp
dscp
dscp
7
15
23
RTK.0> classf set remarking dscp priority 3 dscp 31
RTK.0> classf set remarking dscp priority 4 dscp 39
RTK.0> classf set remarking dscp priority 5 dscp 47
RTK.0> classf set remarking dscp priority 6 dscp 55
RTK.0> classf set remarking dscp priority 7 dscp 63

SFU Product Page 356 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf get remarking dscp


Description:
Get classification DSCP remarking.

Syntax:
classf get remarking dscp

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to display a classification DSCP
remarking table

E N T I A L
RTK.0> classf get remarking dscp

D
C O N 0
1
F I
CF_priority DSCP
7
15
2

c h n o
23

l o g y , I n c
e
3 31

for L o s
4
5
6
o T 39
47
55
7 63

SFU Product Page 357 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set range-ip


Description:
Set classification IP range for classification range-ip rule

Syntax:
classf set range-ip entry index type <sip | dip >
classf set range-ip entry index low-bound low_bound_ip up-bound
up_bound_ip

Parameter:
index

a l t e - k
specified entry index

Re
type - ip range type
dip - destination ipv4 address
sip
low-bound

D E N T I
-

A L
source ipv4 address
- low bound range

C O N F I
up-bound

Examples:
- high bound range

g y , I n c
This example shows how to configure a upstream rule for source

c h n o l o
e
IP range 10.1.1.1 to 10.1.2.2

for L o s o T
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
clear
set rule direction upstream
RTK.0> classf set rule range-ip data 0 mask 0x7
RTK.0> classf set upstream-action sid-act sid 0
RTK.0> classf add entry 0
RTK.0> classf set range-ip entry 0 type sip
RTK.0> classf set range-ip entry 0 low-bound 10.1.1.1 up-bound
10.1.2.2

SFU Product Page 358 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf get range-ip


Description:
Get classification IP range setting by specific entry index

Syntax:
classf get range-ip entry index

Parameter:
index - specified entry index

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to display classification IP range
setting

E N T I A L
RTK.0> classf get range-ip entry 0

D
C O N F I
Range check of IP address
Index: 0 Upper: 10.1.2.2 Lower: 10.1.1.1 Type: Ipv4 Sip

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 359 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set range-l4port


Description:
Set classification L4 port range for classification
range-l4port rule

Syntax:
classf set range-l4port entry index type <src-port | dst-port>
classf set range-l4port entry index low-bound l4lport up-bound
l4uport

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
index - specified entry index
type - ip range type
src-port
dst-port

D E N T I A L
- source port number
- destination port number

C O N F I
low-bound
up-bound
- low bound range
- high bound range

Examples:

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
This example shows how to configure a upstream rule for L4 source

for L o s o T
port range from 2000 to 3000

RTK.0> classf clear


RTK.0> classf set rule direction upstream
RTK.0> classf set rule range-l4port data 0 mask 0x7
RTK.0> classf set upstream-action sid-act sid 0
RTK.0> classf add entry 0
RTK.0> classf set range-l4port entry 0 type src-port
RTK.0> classf set range-l4port entry 0 low-bound 2000 up-bound
3000

SFU Product Page 360 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf get range-l4port


Description:
Get classification L4 port range setting by specific entry index

Syntax:
classf get range-l4port entry index

Parameter:
index - specified entry index

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to display classification L4 port range
setting

E N T I A L
RTK.0> classf get range-l4port entry 0

D
C O N F I
Range check of L4 port
Index: 0 Upper: 3000 Lower: 2000 Type: Source Port

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 361 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set us-1p-remark-prior


Description:
For upstream 802.1P remarking, it decide whether ACL action or
classification action is high priority.

Syntax:
classf set us-1p-remark-prior < cf | acl >

Parameter:
cf
acl

a l t e k
- classification is high priority
- ACL is high priority

Re Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to configure a upstream 1P remark as ACL
take high priority than classification

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> classf set us-1p-remark-prior acl

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 362 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf get us-1p-remark-prior


Description:
For upstream 802.1P remarking, it decide whether ACL action or
classification action is high priority.

Syntax:
classf get range-l4port entry index

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re
Examples:
This example shows how to display 802.1P remark decision for ACL
and classification.

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> classf get us-1p-remark-prior
ACL prior than CF

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 363 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.17. GPON commands

gpon init
Description:
Initialize GPON module. It must be called before any GPON
function.

Syntax:

a l t e k
Re
gpon init

Parameter:
None

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to initialize GPON module.

o
RTK.0> gpon init

c h n l o g y , I n c
for L o o T
RTK.0>

s e

SFU Product Page 364 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon deinitial
Description:
Deitialize GPON module.

Syntax:
gpon deinitial

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to deinitialize GPON module.

RTK.0> gpon deinitial


RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 365 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set serial-number


Description:
Configure the serial number. It contain 4 bytes verdor ID, and
4 bytes serial number. It must be called before GPON activate
command.

Syntax:
gpon set serial-number vendor_id serial_number

Parameter:

a
vendor_id
l t e k
– specify the verdor ID, it is string

Re
format.
serial_number - specify serial number, it is hex format.

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to configure serial number.

RTK.0> gpon set serial-number real 0x98765432


RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 366 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get serial-number


Description:
Get the serial number.
Syntax:
gpon get serial-number

Parameter:
None

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to get serial number.

Re RTK.0> gpon get serial-number

RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
serial number: real 0x98765432

C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 367 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set password


Description:
Configure the serial number. It contain 10 bytes password. It
must be called before GPON activate command.

Syntax:
gpon set password password

Parameter:
password

a l t e k
– specify the password, it is string format.

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to configure password.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> gpon set password aaaaaaaaaa

D
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 368 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get password


Description:
Get the password.
Syntax:
gpon get password

Parameter:
None

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to get password.

Re RTK.0> gpon get password


password: aaaaaaaaaa
RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 369 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon activate
Description:
Activate GPON module. After gpon activate, the GPON module will
do ranging process.

Syntax:
gpon activate init-state < o1 | o7 >

Parameter:
o1

a l t e k
– specify the intial state to o1 state for
ranging process.

Re
o7 – specify the intial state to o7 state for
ranging process.

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to activate GPON.

RTK.0> gpon activate init-state o1


RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 370 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon deactivate
Description:
Deactivate GPON module. After gpon deactivate, it will issue
dying gasp messages.

Syntax:
gpon deactivate

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re
Examples:
This example shows how to deactivate GPON.

E N T I
RTK.0> gpon deactivate

D A L
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 371 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get onu-state


Description:
Get the ONU status of ranging process.
Syntax:
gpon get onu-state

Parameter:
None

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to get ONU status.

Re RTK.0> gpon get onu-state

RTK.0>

D E N T I A
ONU state: Initial State(O1)

L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 372 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get alarm-status


Description:
Get the ONU alarm status. It includes LOS alarm, LOF alarm and
LOM alarm.
Syntax:
gpon get alarm-status

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get ONU alarm status. Clear means no
alarm, and occur means alarm issued.

E N T I A
RTK.0> gpon get alarm-status

D L
C O N F I
Alarm LOS, status: clear
Alarm LOF, status: occur
Alarm LOM, status: occur
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 373 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set active-timer


Description:
Configure the timers used in raning process. It includes to1
imter and to2 timer. It must be called before GPON activate
command.

Syntax:
gpon set active-timer to1 to1_timer to2_timer

Parameter:

a
to1_timer
l t e k
- specify the value of to1 timer

Re
to2_timer - specify the value of to2 timer

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to configure to1 timer and to2 timer.

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> gpon set active-timer to1 10000 to2 200
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 374 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get active-timer


Description:
Disaply the active timer including to1 and to2.

Syntax:
gpon get active-timer

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to display to1 and to2 timer:

E N T
to1 timer: 10000 ms

D I A
RTK.0> gpon get active-timer

L
C O N F I
to2 timer: 200 ms
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 375 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set ds-laser


Description:
Configure downstream optical parameters. It must be called
before GPON activate command.

Syntax:
gpon set ds-laser < opt_los | cdr_los > state < enable | disable
> polarity < high | low >
gpon set ds-laser los_holdover < enable | disable >

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
opt_los – specify the optical LOS input.
cdr_los – specify the CDR LOS input.
enable
disable

D E N T I A L
- specify to enable LOS input
- specify to disable LOS input

C O N F
high

low
I – specify the polarity of LOS input is high
active
– specify the polarity of LOS input is low

c h n o l o g y ,
active

I n c
e
los_holdover – LOS will only be raised after being stable

for L o s o T
enable
disable
for more than 1ms.
– specify to enable los_holdover function
– specify to disable los_holdover function

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the downstream optical
parameters including OPT LOS state, polarity, and LOS holdover
function.

RTK.0> gpon set ds-laser opt_los state enable polarity low


RTK.0> gpon set ds-laser los_holdover disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 376 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set ds-phy


Description:
Configure downstream physical parameters. It must be called
before GPON activate command.

Syntax:
gpon set ds-phy descramble < enable | disable >
gpon set ds-phy fec-state < enable | disable > fec-threshold
threshold

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
descramble – specify the descramble function.
enable – enable descramble function.
disable
fec-state

D E N T I A L
– disable descramble function.
- specify FEC function

C O N F I
enable

disable
– enable downstream FEC correction
function.
– disable downstream FEC correction even

c h n o l o g y , I n c
when DS FEC encoding is enabled. The

e
encoded parity bytes are ignored and the

for L o s o T
fec-threshold
data will be passed to following
processing modules.
– D/S FEC status detection threshold,
number of GPON frames. By default, it
should be set to 1.
threshold – specify the value of FEC threshold

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the downstream physical
parameters including descramble, and downstream FEC functions.

RTK.0> gpon set ds-phy descramble enable


RTK.0> gpon set ds-phy fec-state enable fec-threshold 1
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 377 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set ds-ploam


Description:
Configure downstream PLOAM parameters. It must be called before
GPON activate command.

Syntax:
gpon set ds-ploam < drop-crc-error | filter-onuid |
accept-broadcast > < enable | disable >

Parameter:

a l
drop-crc-error
t e k
- specify to dropping or accept received

Re
PLOAMd messages with CRC error.
(counters will be increased)
filter-onuid

E N
accept-broadcast

D T I A L
– ONU_ID filtering for downstream PLOAM
– Accept broadcast PLOAMd messages

C O N F I
enable
disable
– enable downstream PLOAM function
– disable downstream PLOAM function

Examples:

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
This example shows how to configure the downstream PLOAM

for L o s o T
parameters including drop CRC error packet, filter ONU-ID, and
accept broadcast functions.

RTK.0> gpon set ds-ploam drop-crc-error enable


RTK.0> gpon set ds-ploam filter-onuid enable
RTK.0> gpon set ds-ploam accept-broadcast enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 378 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set ds-bwmap


Description:
Configure downstream BWMAP parameters. It must be called before
GPON activate command.

Syntax:
gpon set ds-bwmap < drop-crc-error | filter-onuid | strict-plen
> < enable | disable >

Parameter:

a l
drop-crc-error
t e k
- specify to dropping or accept received

Re
BWMAP with CRC error
filter-onuid – accept BWMap items matching

E
strict-plen

D N T I A L
provisioned T-CONTs
– process received PLENd in strict mode

C O N F I or standard mode. If set to enable, only


2 usable matching PLENd structures are
accepted. If set to disable, processing

c h n o l o g y , I n c
in standard mode.

e
enable – enable related downstream BWMAP

for L o s o T
disable
function
– disable related downstream BWMAP
function

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the downstream PLOAM
parameters including drop CRC error packet, filter ONU-ID, and
strict PLEN functions.

RTK.0> gpon set ds-bwmap drop-crc-error enable


RTK.0> gpon set ds-bwmap filter-onuid enable
RTK.0> gpon set ds-bwmap strict-plen disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 379 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set ds-gem


Description:
Configure downstream GEM parameters. It must be called before
GPON activate command.

Syntax:
gpon set ds-gem assembly-threshold threshold

Parameter:

t
assembly-threshold

a l e k
- specify number of GPON frames for
assembly timeout threshold. The unit is

Re
125us.
threshold – specify the threshold value

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to configure the downstream GEM assembly
threshold parameters.

g y , I n c
RTK.0> gpon set ds-gem assembly-threshold 16

c h n o l o
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 380 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set ds-eth


Description:
Configure downstream Ethernet parameters. It must be called
before GPON activate command.

Syntax:
gpon set ds-eth drop-crc-error < enable | disable >
gpon set ds-eth pti-pettern pettern pti-mask mask

Parameter:

a l
drop-crc-error
t e k
- specify dropping received Ethernet

Re
packet with CRC error
enable – enable drop received Ethernet packet

disable

D E N T I A L
with CRC error
– disable drop received Ethernet packet

C O N F I
pettern
mask
with CRC error
- PTI pattern for Ethernet fragments.
- PTI mask for Ethernet fragments.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Examples:

for L o s o T
This example shows how to configure the downstream Ethernet
parameter, including drop CRC error frame, and PTI setting.

RTK.0> gpon set ds-eth drop-crc-error enable


RTK.0> gpon set ds-eth pti-pettern 0x1 pti-mask 0x1
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 381 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set ds-omci


Description:
Configure downstream OMCI parameters. It must be called before
GPON activate command.

Syntax:
gpon set ds-omci pti-pettern pettern pti-mask mask

Parameter:
pettern
mask

a l t e k
- PTI pattern for OMCI fragments.
- PTI mask for OMCI fragments.

Re Examples:

parameter.

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to configure the downstream OMCI PTI

C O N F I
RTK.0> gpon set ds-omci pti-pettern 0x5 pti-mask 0x5
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 382 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get ds parameters


Description:
Get downstream parameters.

Syntax:
gpon get < ds-laser | ds-phy | ds-ploam | ds-bwmap | ds-gem |
ds-eth | ds-omci >

Parameter:
ds-laser

a
ds-phy
l t e -
-k get
get
downstream
downstream
optical parameter.
physical parameter.

Re
ds-ploam - get downstream PLOAM parameter.
ds-bwmap - get downstream BWMAP parameter.
ds-gem
ds-eth

D E N T I A
-

L
get downstream GEM parameter.
- get downstream ethernet parameter.

C O N F I
ds-omci

Examples:
- get downstream OMCI parameter.

g y , I n c
This example shows how to display the parameters of downstream

c h n o l o
e
optical, physical, PLOAM, BWMAP, GEM, Ethernet, and OMCI.

for L o s o T
RTK.0> gpon get ds-laser
OPT LOS state: enable
OPT LOS polarity: high
CDR LOS state: disable
CDR LOS polarity: low
LOS holdover: disable
RTK.0>
RTK.0> gpon get ds-phy
Descramble: enable
FEC state: enable
FEC threshold: 0
RTK.0>
RTK.0> gpon get ds-ploam
Accept broadcast: enable
Drop CRC error: enable
Filter ONU-ID: enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 383 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> gpon get ds-bwmap


Drop CRC error: enable
Filter ONU-ID: enable
Strict PLENd: disable
RTK.0>
RTK.0> gpon get ds-gem
Assembly threshold: 16
RTK.0>

t e
RTK.0> gpon get ds-eth

a l
Drop CRC error: enable k
Re
PTI pattern: 0x1
PTI mask: 0x1
RTK.0>

E N T I
RTK.0> gpon get ds-omci

D A L
C O N F I
PTI pattern: 0x1
PTI mask: 0x1
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 384 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set us-laser


Description:
Configure upstream optical parameters. It must be called before
GPON activate command.

Syntax:
gpon set us-laser on-offset on_offset off-offset off_offset

Parameter:
on_offset

a
off_offset
l t e k
– specify the laser on offset
– specify the laser off offset

Re Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to configure the upstream optical
parameters including laser-on and laser-off offset.

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> gpon set us-laser on-offset 40 off-offset 30
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 385 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set us-phy


Description:
Configure upstream physical parameters. It must be called before
GPON activate command.

Syntax:
gpon set us-phy scramble < enable | disable >
gpon set us-phy burst-polarity < high | low >
gpon set us-phy auto-sstart < enable | disable >

t e k
gpon set us-phy suppress-laser < enable | disable >

a l
Re
Parameter:
scramble – specify the upstream scramble function.
enable
disable

D E N T I A L
– enable scramble function.
– disable scramble function.

C O N F
high
low
I
burst-polarity - specify burst enable polarity
– set burst enable polarity to high.
– set burst enable polarity to low.
auto-sstart

c h n o l o g y , I n c
– Process Small SSTART (< BOH LEN)

e
automatically

for L o s o T
enable
disable
suppress-laser
– enable auto-sstart function.
– disable auto-sstart function.
– suppressing laser when ONT is outside of
state 3, 4 and 5
enable – enable suppress-laser function.
disable – disable suppress-laser function.

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the upstream physical
parameters including scramble, burst-enable polarity, auto and
downstream FEC functions.

RTK.0> gpon set us-phy scramble enable


RTK.0> gpon set us-phy burst_polarity low
RTK.0> gpon set us-phy suppress_laser enable
RTK.0> gpon set us-phy auto_sstart enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 386 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set us-ploam


Description:
Configure upstream PLOAM parameters. It must be called before
GPON activate command.

Syntax:
gpon set us-ploam state < enable | disable >

Parameter:
enable

a
disable
l t e k
- sending normal upstream PLOAM
– always sending no_msg PLOAM

Re Examples:

E N T
to send normal PLOAM.

D I A L
This example shows how to configure the upstream PLOAM function

C O N F I
RTK.0> gpon set us-ploam state enable
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 387 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set us-dbr


Description:
Configure upstream DBA report function. It must be called before
GPON activate command.

Syntax:
gpon set us-dbr state < enable | disable >

Parameter:
enable

a l t e k
– enable upstream DBA report function

Re
disable – disable upstream DBA report function
If DBRu is requested by BWMAP, all ‘0’

D E N T I A L
will be sent.

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to enable the upstream DBA report
function.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> gpon set us-dbr state enable

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 388 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get us parameters


Description:
Get upstream parameters.

Syntax:
gpon get < us-laser | us-phy | us-ploam | us-dbr >

Parameter:
us-laser - get upstream optical parameter.
us-phy

a
us-ploam
l t e -
- kget
get
upstream
upstream
physical parameter.
PLOAM parameter.

Re
ds-dbr - get upstream DBR parameter.

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to display the parameters of upstream

D
C O N F I
optical, physical, PLOAM, and DBR.

RTK.0> gpon get us-laser


Laser-on offset: 40

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Laser-off offset: 30

for L o s o T
RTK.0>
RTK.0> gpon get us-phy
Scramble: enable
burst-enable polarity: low
Auto-sstart: enable
Suppressing laser: enable
RTK.0>
RTK.0> gpon get us-ploam
PLOAMu state: enable
RTK.0>
RTK.0> gpon get us-dbr
DBRu state: enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 389 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon add tcont alloc-id


Description:
Add a tcont entry by alloc-ID.

Syntax:
gpon add tcont alloc-id id

Parameter:
id – the alloc-ID value, from 0 to 4095

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to add a tcont entry for alloc-ID 1000.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> gpon add tcont alloc-id 1000
Add alloc_id 1000, return TCONT_id=0

D
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 390 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon del tcont alloc-id


Description:
Delete a tcont entry by alloc-ID.

Syntax:
gpon del tcont alloc-id id

Parameter:
id – the alloc-ID value, from 0 to 4095

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to delete a tcont entry by alloc-ID 1000.

RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
RTK.0> gpon del tcont alloc-id 1000

C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 391 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get tcont alloc-id


Description:
Get a tcont entry by alloc-ID.

Syntax:
gpon get tcont alloc-id id

Parameter:
id – the alloc-ID value, from 0 to 4095

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get a tcont entry by alloc-ID 1000.

E N T I A
alloc_id: 1000, TCONT_id 0:

D L
RTK.0> gpon get tcont alloc-id 1000

C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 392 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon show tcont


Description:
Display the added tcont entries.

Syntax:
gpon show tcont

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to display whole tcont entries.

E N T I
RTK.0> gpon show tcont

A L
============================================================

D
C O N F IGPON ONU MAC TCONT Status
TCont ID | Alloc ID | Physical | Logical | Type
0 | 1000 | * | * | 3
1 |

c h n o l o g
2000 |

y , I n c
* | * | 3

e
2 | 3000 | * | * | 3

for L o s o T
============================================================
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 393 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon add ds-flow flow-id


Description:
Add a downstream flow entry by flow-ID.

Syntax:
gpon add ds-flow flow-id id gem-port gem < ether | OMCI >
[ multicast ] [ aes ]

Parameter:
id
gem

a l t e k
– the flow-ID value, from 0 to 127
– the GEM port value, from 0 to 4095

Re
ether – specify the flow is used for Ethernet
packet
OMCI

D E N T I A
packet
L
– specify the flow is used for OMCI

C O N F
aes
I
multicast – specify the flow is used for multicast
packet
– specify the flow is AES encryption

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Examples:

for L o s o T
This example shows how to add a downstream flow for flow-ID 0,
GEM port 1000, Ethernet type, and no encryption.

RTK.0> gpon add ds-flow flow-id 0 gem-port 1000 ether


RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 394 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon del ds-flow flow-id


Description:
Delete a downstream flow entry by alloc-ID.

Syntax:
gpon del ds-flow flow-id id

Parameter:
id – the flow-ID value, from 0 to 127

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to delete a downstream flow by flow-ID
0.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> gpon del ds-flow flow-id 0

D
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 395 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get ds-flow flow-id


Description:
Display the downstream flow entry by flow-ID.

Syntax:
gpon get ds-flow flow-id id

Parameter:
id – the flow-ID value, from 0 to 127

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to display the downstream flow entry by
flow-ID 0.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> gpon get ds-flow flow-id 0

D
C O N F I
flow_id gem_port type multicast
======= ======== ==== =========
0 1000 ETH no
AES
===
no
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 396 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon show ds-flow


Description:
Display the added downstream flow entries.

Syntax:
gpon show ds-flow

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to display whole downstream flow entries.

E N T I A
RTK.0> gpon show ds-flow

L
============================================================

D
C O N F IGPON ONU MAC D/S Flow Status
Flow ID | GEM Port | Type | Multicast | AES
0 | 1000 | ETH | |
1 |

c h n g y ,
1001 | ETH |

o l o I n c |

e
2 | 1002 | ETH | |

for L o s o T
============================================================
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 397 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon add us-flow flow-id


Description:
Add a upstream flow entry by flow-ID.

Syntax:
gpon add us-flow flow-id id gem-port gem < ether | OMCI >

Parameter:
id – the flow-ID value, from 0 to 127
gem
ether

a l t e k
– the GEM port value, from 0 to 4095
– specify the flow is used for Ethernet

Re
packet
OMCI – specify the flow is used for OMCI

D E N T I A L
packet

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to add a upstream flow for flow-ID 0, GEM
port 1000, Ethernet type.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> gpon add us-flow flow-id 0 gem-port 1000 ether

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 398 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon del us-flow flow-id


Description:
Delete a upstream flow entry by alloc-ID.

Syntax:
gpon del us-flow flow-id id

Parameter:
id – the flow-ID value, from 0 to 127

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to delete a upstream flow by flow-ID 1.

RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
RTK.0> gpon del us-flow flow-id 0

C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 399 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get us-flow flow-id


Description:
Display the upstream flow entry by flow-ID.

Syntax:
gpon get us-flow flow-id id

Parameter:
id – the flow-ID value, from 0 to 127

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to display the upstream flow entry by
flow-ID 1.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> gpon get us-flow flow-id 0

D
C O N F I
flow_id gem_port type
======= ======== ====
0 1000 ETH
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 400 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon show us-flow


Description:
Display the added upstream flow entries.

Syntax:
gpon show us-flow

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to display whole upstream flow entries.

E N T I A
RTK.0> gpon show us-flow

L
============================================================

D
C O N F I
GPON ONU MAC U/S Flow Status
Flow ID | GEM Port | Type | TCont | Channel | OMCI
0 | 1000 | ETH | 0 | 16 |
1 |

c h n o l o g y ,
1001 | ETH |

I n c 0 | 16 |

e
============================================================

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 401 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon add multicast-filter-entry


Description:
Add a multicast filter entry.

Syntax:
gpon add multicast-filter-entry mac-address mac

Parameter:
mac – the multicast MAC address, the format

a l t e k
is xx:xx:aa:bb:cc:dd. Only the LSB 32
bits aa:bb:cc:dd are used for filtering

Re
MAC DA.

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to add a multicast filter entry for MAC

D
C O N F I
address 01:00:5e:01:02:03.

RTK.0> gpon add multicast-filter-entry mac-address


01:00:5e:01:02:03

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 402 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon del multicast-filter-entry


Description:
Delete a multicast filter entry.

Syntax:
gpon del multicast-filter-entry mac-address mac

Parameter:
mac

a l t e k
– the multicast MAC address, the format
is xx:xx:aa:bb:cc:dd.

Re Examples:

E N T I A
address 01:00:5e:01:02:03.

D L
This example shows how to delete a multicast filter entry by MAC

C O N F I
RTK.0> gpon del multicast-filter-entry mac-address
01:00:5e:01:02:03
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 403 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get multicast-filter-entry


Description:
Display the multicast filter entry by index.

Syntax:
gpon get multicast-filter-entry index index

Parameter:
index – the multicast filter table index, from

a l t e k
0 to 255

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to display the multicast filter entry by
index.

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> gpon get multicast-filter-entry index 0
Index | MAC Address
0 | 01-00-5e-01-02-03
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 404 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon show multicast-filter-entry


Description:
Display the whole multicast filter table entries.

Syntax:
gpon show multicast-filter-entry

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to display whole multicast filter table
entries.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> gpon show multicast-filter-entry

D
C O N F I
============================================================
GPON ONU MAC Multicast MAC Filter Table
Index | MAC Address

g y ,
0 | 01-00-5e-01-02-03

c h n o l o I n c
e
============================================================

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 405 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set multicast-filter


Description:
Configure multicast filter parameters.

Syntax:
gpon set multicast-filter < broadcast-pass | non-multicast-pass
> < enable | disable >
gpon set multicast-filter < prefix-ipv4 | prefix-ipv6 > prefix
gpon set multicast-filter < force-ipv4 | force-ipv6 > < pass |
drop | normal >

a l t e k
gpon set multicast-filter filter-mode < include | exclude >

Re Parameter:
broadcast-pass

E N
non-multicast-pass

D T I A L
– specify bypass broadcast packet
– specify bypass non-multicast flow

C O N F I
enable
disable
packet
– specify to enable function
– specify to disable function
prefix-ipv4

c h n o l o g y , I n c
– specify multicast IPv4 prefix field

e
prefix-ipv6 – specify multicast IPv6 prefix field

for L o s o T
prefix

force-ipv4
– specify the prefix value. For IPv4, it
is 3 bytes; for IPv6, it is 2 bytes.
– specify multicast IPv4 force mode
force-ipv6 – specify multicast IPv6 force mode
pass – specify to force bypass
drop – specify to force drop
normal – specify to non force mode
filter-mode – specify multicast filter mode for
multicast filter table entry
include – specify to include mode, it means the
DA MAC match to any entry in multicast
filter table.
exclude – specify to exclude mode, it means the
DA MAC not match to any entry in
multicast filter table.

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the parameters of multicast
filter function. Set broadcast packet and non-multicast flow to

SFU Product Page 406 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

by pass check. Set multicast IPv4 prefix to 0x01005E, and IPv6


to 0x3333. Set non force mode for IPv4/6 multicast. And set
filter mode to include mode.

RTK.0> gpon set multicast-filter broadcast-pass enable


RTK.0> gpon set multicast-filter non-multicast-pass enable
RTK.0> gpon set multicast-filter prefix-ipv4 0x01005e
RTK.0> gpon set multicast-filter prefix-ipv6 0x3333
RTK.0> gpon set multicast-filter force-ipv4 normal
RTK.0>

a
RTK.0>
gpon

l
gpon
t e
set
set k
multicast-filter
multicast-filter
force-ipv6 normal
filter-mode include

Re
RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 407 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get multicast-filter


Description:
Display the multicast filter parameters.

Syntax:
gpon get multicast-filter

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get multicast filter parameters.

E N T I
Broadcast bypass enable

D A L
RTK.0> gpon get multicast-filter

C O N F I
Non-multicast bypass enable
Ipv4 prefix 0x01005e
Ipv6 prefix 0x3333

g
Ipv4 force mode Normal

c h n o l o y , I n c
e
Ipv6 force mode Normal

for L o s o T
Filter mode Including
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 408 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set tx
Description:
Configure transmit laser force mode.

Syntax:
gpon set tx-laser < force-on | force-off | normal >
gpon set tx-force-idle < enable | disable >

Parameter:
tx-laser

a
force-on
l t e –
– k specify
specify
transmit laser force mode
to force on

Re
force-off – specify to force on
normal – specify to non force mode
tx-force-idle
enable

D E N T I A

L
specify force transmit Idle pattern
– enable force transmit Idle pattern

C O N F I
disable

Examples:
– disable force transmit Idle pattern

g y , I n c
This example shows how to configure transmit laser to force send

c h n o l o
e
Idle pattern.

for L o s o T
RTK.0> gpon set tx-laser force-on
RTK.0> gpon set tx-force-idle enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 409 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get tx
Description:
Get transmit laser force mode.

Syntax:
gpon get tx

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to display transmit laser mode.

RTK.0> gpon get tx

E N T I
TX laser mode: Force on

D A L
C O N F I
TX force Idle: enable
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 410 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon show counter global


Description:
Show global counters.

Syntax:
gpon show counter global ( active | ds-phy | ds-plm | ds-bw |
ds-gem | ds-eth | ds-omci | us-phy | us-dbr | us-plm | us-gem | us-eth
| us-omci )

Parameter:

a
active
l t e k
– specify the activation counters,

Re
including SN_Req and Ranging_Req
ds-phy – specify the downstream physical

D E N T I A L
counters, including BIP, FEC,
superframe los, and PLEN fail.

C O N F I
ds-plm

ds-bw
– specify the downstream PLOAM
counters.
– specify the downstream BWMAP

c h n o l o g y , I n c
counters.

e
ds-gem – specify the downstream GEM counters,

for L o s o T including LOS, Idle, non_Idle, HEC,


over_interleaving, length mismatch,
and multiple flow match.
ds-eth – specify the downstream ethernet
counters, including unicast,
multicast, forward multicast, leak
multicast, and FCS error.
ds-omci – specify the downstream OMCI counters,
including total, CRC error, drop, and
processed.
us-phy – specify the upstream physical
counters, including tx BOH.
us-dbr – specify the upstream DBR counters,
including tx DBRu.
us-plm – specify the upstream PLOAM counters,
including total, processed, urgent,
processed urgent, normal, process
normal, SN, and Nomsg.
us-gem – specify the upstream GEM counters,

SFU Product Page 411 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

including block, and byte.


us-eth – specify the upstream ethernet
counters, including aborted packet.
us-omci – specify the upstream OMCI counters,
including processed OMCI.

Examples:
This example shows how to display global counters.

t e k
RTK.0> gpon show counter global active

a l
============================================================

Re
GPON ONU MAC Device Counter: Activation
SN Req : 0
Ranging Req
RTK.0>

D E N
: 0

T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> gpon show counter global ds-phy
============================================================
GPON ONU MAC Device Counter: DS PHY
BIP Error bits : 0

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
BIP Error blocks: 0

for L o s o T
FEC Correct bits: 0
FEC Correct bytes: 0
FEC Correct codewords: 0
FEC codewords Uncor: 65536
Superframe LOS : 0
PLEN fail : 0
RTK.0>
RTK.0> gpon show counter global ds-plm
============================================================
GPON ONU MAC Device Counter: DS PLOAM
Total RX PLOAMd : 1
CRC Err RX PLOAM : 0
Corrected RX PLOAMd: 1
Proc RX PLOAMd : 0
Overflow Rx PLOAM : 0
============================================================
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 412 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon show counter tcont


Description:
Show Tcont counters, including send Idle bytes.

Syntax:
gpon show counter tcont tcont_id

Parameter:
tcont_id – specify the tcont-ID

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to display Tcont counters.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> gpon show counter tcont 0
============================================================

D
C O N F IGPON ONU MAC Device Counter: TCont 0 Gem
U/S sent GEM : 0
============================================================

g y , I n c
============================================================

c h n o l o
e
GPON ONU MAC Device Counter: TCont 0 Eth

for L o s o T
U/S sent Eth Pkt: 0
============================================================
============================================================
GPON ONU MAC Device Counter: TCont 0 Idle
U/S sent Idle Byte: 0
============================================================
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 413 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon show counter flow


Description:
Show flow counters, including downstream GEM packets,
downstream GEM bytes, downstream RX Ethernet packets,
downstream forward Ethernet packets, and upstream GEM bytes.

Syntax:
gpon show counter flow flow_id

Parameter:

a
flow_id
l t e k
– specify the flow-ID

Re Examples:

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to display flow counters.

C O N F I
RTK.0> gpon show counter flow 0
============================================================
GPON ONU MAC Device Counter: D/S Flow 0 Gem
D/S GEM blocks : 0

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
D/S GEM bytes : 0

for L o s o T
============================================================
============================================================
GPON ONU MAC Device Counter: D/S Flow 0 Eth
RX Eth Pkt : 0
Fwd Eth Pkt : 0
============================================================
============================================================
GPON ONU MAC Device Counter: U/S Flow 0 Gem
U/S GEM blocks : 0
U/S GEM bytes : 0
============================================================
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 414 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon omci_tx
Description:
Configure debug flag of GPON module. For debug used.

Syntax:
gpon omci_tx data1 data2 data3 data4 data5 data6 data7 data8
data9 data10 data11

Parameter:
data1 - daga11

a l t e k
– data block of OMCI packet. 4 bytes for
each data block. total 44 byte.

Re Examples:

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to transmit a OMCI packet.

C O N F I
RTK.0> gpon omci_tx 0x11223344 0x55667788 0x99aabbcc 0x11223344
0x55667788 0x99aabbcc 0x11223344 0x55667788 0x99aabbcc
0x11223344 0x55667788
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 415 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set auto-tcont


Description:
Configure to add tcont automatically when received assign ONU-ID
PLOAM. Default is enable.

Syntax:
gpon set auto-tcont < enable | disable >

Parameter:
enable

a l t e k
– enable to add tcont automatically when
received assign ONU-ID PLOAM.

Re
disable – disable to add tcont automatically
when received assign ONU-ID PLOAM.

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to disable adding tcont automatically
when received assign ONU-ID PLOAM.

g y , I n c
RTK.0> gpon set auto-tcont enable

c h n o l o
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 416 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get auto-tcont


Description:
Get to the state of add tcont automatically when received assign
ONU-ID PLOAM.

Syntax:
gpon get auto-tcont

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get the state of add tcont

D E N T I A L
automatically when received assign ONU-ID PLOAM.

C O N F I
RTK.0> gpon get auto-tcont
GPON auto TCONT state: Enable
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 417 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set auto-boh


Description:
Configure to update BOH automatically when received burst
overhead, extended overhead, and ranging time PLOAM. Default is
enable.

Syntax:
gpon set auto- boh < enable | disable >

Parameter:

a
enable
l t e k
– enable auto-boh.

Re
disable – disable auto-boh.

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to enable auto-boh.

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> gpon set auto-boh enable
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 418 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get auto-boh


Description:
Get to the state of auto-boh.

Syntax:
gpon get auto-boh

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get the state of auto-boh.

E N T I A
RTK.0> gpon get auto-boh
GPON auto BOH state: Enable

D L
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 419 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set eqd-offset


Description:
Configure to adjust eqd offset.

Syntax:
gpon set eqd-offset < plus | minus > offset

Parameter:
plus – the eqd is plus offset.
minus

a
offset
l t e k
– the eqd is minus offset.
– specify the offset value.

Re Examples:

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to adjust eqd by offset.

C O N F I
RTK.0> gpon set eqd-offset plus 100
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 420 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get eqd-offset


Description:
Get to the eqd offset setting.

Syntax:
gpon get eqd-offset

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get the eqd offset.

E N T
GPON EQD offset: 100

D I A
RTK.0> gpon get eqd-offset

L
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 421 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set debug


Description:
Configure debug flag of GPON module. For debug used.

Syntax:
gpon set debug < enable | disable >

Parameter:
enable – specify to enable debug mode
disable

a l t e k
– specify to disable debug mode

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to enable and disable GPON debug mode.

E N T I A
RTK.0> gpon set debug enable

D L
C O N F I
RTK.0> gpon set debug disable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 422 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.18. Switch commands

switch init
Description:
This command can reset & initialize switch control module.

k
Syntax:
switch init

a l t e
Re Parameter:
None

D E N T I A L
I
Examples:

C O N F
This example shows how to initialized switch module.
RTK.0> switch init

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 423 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set 48-pass-1


Description:
This command can set switch 48-pass-1 state.
Syntax:
switch set 48-pass-1 state <disable | enable>

Parameter:
state - state configuration
disable - disable configuration
enable

a l t e k
- enable configuration

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to enable switch 48-pass-1.

D E N T I A L
RTK.0> switch set 48-pass-1 state enable

C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 424 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get 48-pass-1


Description:
This command can get switch 48-pass-1 setting.
Syntax:
switch get 48-pass-1 state

Parameter:
None

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to get switch 48-pass-1 setting.

Re
RTK.0> switch get 48-pass-1 stat
48 Pass 1 function: Enable
RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 425 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set ipg-compensation


Description:
This command can get switch igp compensation rate. The switch
igp compensation can be enableot disable by this command.
Syntax:
switch set ipg-compensation state <disable | enable>
switch set ipg-compensation <65ppm | 90ppm>

Parameter:
state

a
disable
l t e
-
- k
state configuration
disable configuration

Re
enable - enable configuration
65ppm - 65ppm configuration
90ppm

D E N
-

T I A L
90ppm configuration

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to enable ipg compensation function and
set rate to 90ppm.

g y , I n c
RTK.0> switch get ipg-compensation

c h n o l o
e
IPG compensation: 90PPM

for L o s o T
RTK.0> switch set ipg-compensation state enable

SFU Product Page 426 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get ipg-compensation


Description:
This command can get ipg compensation settiog.
Syntax:
switch get ipg-compensation state
switch get ipg-compensation

Parameter:
state - state configuration

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get ipg compensation setting.
RTK.0> switch get ipg-compensation state

E N T I A
Short IPG function: Enable

L
RTK.0> switch get ipg-compensation

D
C O N F I
IPG compensation: 90PPM

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 427 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set bypass-tx-crc


Description:
This command can set switch tx CRC mode. Set state to disable
will bypass tx CRC check, the CRC error packet will be send out.
Syntax:
switch set bypass-tx-crc state <disable | enable>

Parameter:
state - state configuration
disable

a
enable
l t e k
- disable configuration
- enable configuration

Re Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how set bypass TX CRC state to enable.
RTK.0> switch set bypass-tx-crc state enable

D
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 428 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get bypass-tx-crc


Description:
This command used to get bypass tx crc state.
Syntax:
switch get bypass-tx-crc state

Parameter:
None

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to get bypass tx CRC state.

Re
RTK.0> switch get bypass-tx-crc state
Bypass Tx CRC: Enable
RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 429 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set rx-check-crc


Description:
This command can per port set rx CRC check state.
Syntax:
switch set rx-check-crc port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state
<disable | enable>

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all
state

a l t e

- k
specify all ports
state configuration

Re
disable - disable configuration
enable - enable configuration

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to set port 0 rx-check-crc status to
disable. Port 2 can accept CRC error frames.
RTK.0> switch set rx-check-crc port 0 state disable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 430 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get rx-check-crc


Description:
This command can per port get rx-check-crc status.
Syntax:
switch get rx-check-crc port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all – specify all ports
state

a l t e k
- state configuration

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get rx-check-crc status for port 0.

Port

D E N
Status
I A L
RTK.0> switch get rx-check-crc port 0 state

T
C O N 0
F I
-----------------------------
Disable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 431 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set mac-address


Description:
This command can set switch MAC address.
Syntax:
switch set mac-address mac

Parameter:
Mac - mac address

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to set switch MAC address to

Re
00:00:11:52:33:22.
RTK.0> switch set mac-address 00:00:11:52:33:22.

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 432 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get mac-address


Description:
This command can get switch MAC address.
Syntax:
switch get mac-address

Parameter:
None

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to get switch MAC address.

Re
RTK.0> switch get mac-address
Switch MAC Address: 00:00:11:52:33:22

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 433 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set max-pkt-len


Description:
This command can set maximum accept packet length for each port.
Please set max-pkt-len first, and then assign each port to
max-pkt-len index.
Syntax:
switch set max-pkt-len <fe | ge> port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>
index index
switch set max-pkt-len index index length lenth

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
fe - fast ethernet
ge - giga ethernet
ports
all

D E N T I A L
- specified port list
– specify all ports

C O N F
index
I
length
- index of length configuration
- packet length, unit byte

Examples:

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
This example shows how to set port 0 link in giga mode the maximum

for L o s o T
accept packet length to 1518 bytes.
RTK.0> switch set max-pkt-len index 0 length 1518
RTK.0> switch set max-pkt-len ge port 0 index 0

SFU Product Page 434 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get max-pkt-len


Description:
This command can get the maximum accept packet length setting.
Syntax:
switch get max-pkt-len <fe | ge> port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>
switch get max-pkt-len index index

Parameter:
fe - fast Ethernet
ge
ports

a l t e
-
- k
giga Ethernet
specified port list

Re
all – specify all ports
index - index of length configuration

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to get maximum accept packet length
setting.
RTK.0> switch get max-pkt-len index 0

g y , I n c
Max-Length Index 0 is Length 0 bytes.

c h n o l o
e
RTK.0> switch get max-pkt-len ge port 0

for L o0
s o
Port
T Speed

1000M 0
Config
-----------------------------

SFU Product Page 435 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set limit-pause


Description:
This command can set switch limit pause frame state.
Syntax:
switch set limit-pause state <disable | enable>

Parameter:
State - state configuration
Disable - disable configuration
Enable

a l t e k
- enable configuration

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to set switch limit pause frame state to
enable.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> switch set limit-pause state enable

D
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 436 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get limit-pause


Description:
This command can set switch limit pause frame state.
Syntax:
switch get limit-pause state

Parameter:
None

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to get switch limit pause frame state.

Re
RTK.0> switch get limit-pause state
Limit Pause Frame: Enable

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 437 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set small-ipg-tag


Description:
This cmmand can set each port can accept small IPG tag or not.
Syntax:
switch set small-ipg-tag port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state
<disable | enable>

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all
state

a l t e

- k
specify all ports
state configuration

Re
disable - disable configuration
enable - enable configuration

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to accept small ipg for port 0.
RTK.0> switch set small-ipg-tag port 0 state enable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 438 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get small-ipg-tag


Description:
This command used to get accept small ipg tag setting for each
port.
Syntax:
switch get small-ipg-tag port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all
state

a l t e k
– specify all ports
- state configuration

Re Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get small ipg setting for port 0.
RTK.0> switch get small-ipg-tag port 0

D
C O N F
Port
I Status
-----------------------------
0 Enable
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 439 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set small-pkt


Description:
Thos command can set each port can accept small packet or not.
Syntax:
switch set small-pkt port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state <disable
| enable>

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all
state

a l t e–
- k
specify all ports
state configuration

Re
disable - disable configuration
enable - enable configuration

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to accept small packet for port 0.
RTK.0> switch set small-pkt port 0 state enable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 440 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get small-pkt


Description:

Syntax:
switch get small-pkt port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all – specify all ports
state

a l t e k
- state configuration

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get small packet setting for port 0.

Port

D E N
Status
I A L
RTK.0> switch get small-ipg-tag port 0

T
C O N 0
F I
-----------------------------
Disable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 441 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set output-drop


Description:
When this function enabled packet will be droped in ingress port
when traffic conjuest occurs. The packet type would be broadcast,
unknown-unicast and multicast.
Syntax:
switch set output-drop port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state
<disable | enable>
switch set output-drop <broadcast | unknown-unicast |

t e k
multicast> state <disable | enable>

a l
Re
Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all
state

D E N T-
I A L
– specify all ports
state configuration

C O N F I
disable
enable
broadcast
-
-
-
disable configuration
enable configuration
broadcast
unknown-unicast

c h n o l o
-

g y , I n c
unknown unicast

e
multicast - multicast

for L o s o T
Examples:
This example shows how to enable output-drop function on port
0 and set check packet type to broadcast, unknown-unicast and
multicast.
RTK.0> switch set output-drop port 0 state enable
RTK.0> switch set output-drop broadcast state enable
RTK.0> switch set output-drop unknown-unicast state enable
RTK.0> switch set output-drop multicast state enable

SFU Product Page 442 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get output-drop


Description:
This command can get output-drop configuration.
Syntax:
switch get output-drop port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state
switch get output-drop <broadcast | unknown-unicast |
multicast> state

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e
-
– k
specified port list
specify all ports

Re
state - state configuration
broadcast - broadcast
unknown-unicast
multicast

D E N
-

T I A L
unknown unicast
- multicast

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to get output-drop setting for port 0.

g y , I n c
RTK.0> switch get output-drop port 0 state

c h n o l o
e
Port Status

for L o0

s o T
Disable

SFU Product Page 443 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set back-pressure


Description:
This cmmand can set switch back-pressure mode.
Syntax:
switch set back-pressure <jam | defer>

Parameter:
jam - jam configuration
defer - defer configuration

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to set switch back-pressure to jam mode.
RTK.0> switch set back-pressure jam

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 444 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get back-pressure


Description:
This command get get switch back-pressure mode.
Syntax:
switch get back-pressure

Parameter:
None

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to get switch back-pressure mode.

Re
RTK.0> switch get back-pressure
Back-pressure: jam mode

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 445 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch reset
Description:
This command used to reset switch.
Syntax:
switch reset <global | chip>

Parameter:
global - global reset
chip - whole chip reset

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to reset the switch chip.
RTK.0> switch reset chip

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 446 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.19. Dot1x commands

dot1x init
Description:
This command can reset & initialize Dot1x module.

k
Syntax:
dot1x init

a l t e
Re Parameter:
None

D E N T I A L
I
Examples:

C O N F
This example shows how to initial Dot1x module.
RTK.0> dot1x init

n c
RTK.0>

T e c h n o l o g y , I
for L o s o

SFU Product Page 447 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x set port-based


Description:
This command can set Dot1x port-based state, authentication
state and direction.
Syntax:
dot1x set port-based port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state <disable
| enable>
dot1x set port-based port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> <auth |
unauth>

t e k
dot1x set port-based port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> direction <in
| both>

a l
Re Parameter:
ports
all

D E N T–
I A L
- specified port list
specify all ports

C O N F
state
I
disable
enable
-
-
-
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
auth

c h n o l o
-

g y , I n c
authed configuration

e
unauth - un-authed configuration

for L o s o T
direction
in
both
-
-
-
auth packet checking direction
in direction
both in and out direction

Examples:
This example shows how to enable port 0 port-based 1X. Set port
0 to Authed state. The auth packet checking direction set to both
in and out direction.
RTK.0> dot1x set port-based port 0 state enable
RTK.0> dot1x set port-based port 0 auth
RTK.0> dot1x set port-based port 0 direction both

SFU Product Page 448 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x get port-based


Description:
This command can get port-based Dot1x setting.
Syntax:
dot1x get port-based port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all – specify all ports

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get port-based Dot1x status for port
0.
Port Direction State
0 BOTH

D E N T I A L
AuthedStatus
Enable Authorized

C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 449 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x set mac-based


Description:
This command can set Dot1x mac based state, authentication state
and direction.
Syntax:
dot1x set mac-based port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state <disable
| enable>
dot1x set mac-based direction <in | both>

Parameter:
ports

a l t e- k
specified port list

Re
all – specify all ports
state - state configuration
disable
enable

D E N T
-
-
I A L
disable configuration
enable configuration

C O Nin
F
both
I
direction -
-
-
auth packet checking direction
in direction
both in and out direction

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Examples:

for L o s o T
This example shows how to enable port 1 dot1x mac-based state
to enable. The auth packet checking direction set to rx
direction.
RTK.0> dot1x set mac-based port 1 state enable
RTK.0>
RTK.0> dot1x set mac-based direction in
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 450 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x get mac-based


Description:
This command can get mac-based Dot1x setting.
Syntax:
dot1x get mac-based port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state
dot1x get mac-based direction

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all
state

a l t e

- k
specify all ports
state configuration

Re
direction - authorized checking direction

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get mac-based Dot1x status for port

D
C O N
0.

F I
RTK.0> dot1x get mac-based direction
Mac-based direction: BOTH

g y , I n c
RTK.0> dot1x get mac-based port 1

c h n o l o
e
Port State

for L o1

s o T
Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 451 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x set trap-priority


Description:
Configure priority for packets trapped to CPU for related dot1x
functions

Syntax:
dot1x set trap-priority priority

Parameter:
priority

a l t e k
- priority for trapping packets

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to configurate dot1x trap priority to 7.

RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
RTK.0> dot1x set trap-priority 7

C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 452 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x get trap-priority


Description:
Retriving priority for packets trapped to cpu for related dot1x
functions

Syntax:
dot1x get trap-priority

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get dot 1x trap priority.

E N
Trap priority:7

D T I A L
RTK.0> dot1x get trap-priority

C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 453 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x set unauth-packet


Description:
This command can set forwad action for unauth-packet.
Syntax:
dot1x set unauth-pakcet port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> action
<drop | guest-vlan | trap-to-cpu>

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all
drop

a l t e–
- k
specify all ports
drop packet

Re
trap-to-cpu - trap packet to cpu port
guest-vlan - assign to guest vlan

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to set the unauth-packet all trap-to-cpu
for port 0.
RTK.0> dot1x set unauth-packet port 0 action trap-to-cpu

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 454 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x get unauth-packet


Description:
This command can get unauth-packet action.
Syntax:
dot1x get unauth-pakcet port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> action

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all – specify all ports
action

a l t e k
- packet be treated configuration

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get unauth-packet action for port 0.

E N
Port Unauth Action

D T I A L
RTK.0> dot1x get unauth-packet port 0 action

C O N
0

F IDrop
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 455 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x set guest-vlan


Description:
This command use to assign vid for guest vlan and it can set the
packet belong to guset vlan can forward to authed destination
mac or not.
Syntax:
dot1x set guest-vlan vid vid
dot1x set guest-vlan to-auth-da <allow | disallow>

Parameter:
vid

a l t e– k
specify the numeric VLAN identifier

Re
to-auth-da – forward to authed destination mac
Allow - allow configuration
Disallow

D E N T
-

I A L
disallow configuration

C O N F I
Examples:
This example can assign VID 200 to guest vlan and it set guest
vlan packet can not forward to authed destination mac.

g y , I n c
RTK.0> vlan create vlan-table vid 200

c h n o l o
e
RTK.0> dot1x set guest-vlan vid 200

for L o s o T
RTK.0> dot1x set guest-vlan to-auth-da disallow

SFU Product Page 456 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x get guest-vlan


Description:
This command can get dot1x guest vlan setting.
Syntax:
dot1x get guest-vland

Parameter:
None

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to get dot1x guest vlan setting.

Re
RTK.0> dot1x get guest-vlan
Guest vlan: 200

RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
Allow guest vlan talk to auth. DA: Disable

C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 457 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.20. Trunk commands

trunk init
Description:
This command can reset & initialize port trunking module.

k
Syntax:
trunk init

a l t e
Re Parameter:
None

D E N T I A L
I
Examples:

C O N F
This example shows how to reset initial port trunking function.

n c
RTK.0> trunk init

T e c h o l o g y , I
RTK.0> trunk get member-port

n
for L o s o
Trunk portmask: none

RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 458 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk set distribute-algorithm


Description:
This command can configure the distribution algorithm for trunk
group.

Syntax:
trunk set distribute-algorithm [ dst-ip ] [ dst-l4-port ]
[ dst-mac ] [ src-ip ] [ src-l4-port ] [ src-mac ] [ src-port ]

Parameter:

a
dst-ip
l t e- k
Destination IP

Re
dst-l4-port - Destination Layer 4 port number
dst-mac - Destination MAC address
src-ip
src-l4-port

D E N T
-

I A L
Source IP
- Source Layer 4 port number

C O N F I
src-mac
src-port
- Source MAC address
- Source port

Examples:

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
This example shows how to configure the distribution algorithm

for L o s o T
as “Destination IP” + “Source IP”.

RTK.0> trunk set distribute-algorithm dst-ip src-ip


RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 459 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk get distribute-algorithm


Description:
This command can get the distribution algorithm for trunk group.

Syntax:
trunk get distribute-algorithm

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get the distribution algorithm.

D E N T I A L
RTK.0> trunk get distribute-algorithm

C O N F I
Distribute Algorithm:
Source IP
Destination IP

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 460 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk set flood-mode


Description:
This command can configure the flood mode for trunk group.

Syntax:
trunk set flood-mode < normal | to-1st-logic-port >

Parameter:
normal - Flooding packets will be forwarded

a l t
to-1st-logic-port
e k
according to distribution algorithm
- Flooding packets will be forwarded

Re
according to 1st logical port

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to configure the flood mode to

D
C O N F I
“to-1st-logical port”.

RTK.0> trunk set flood-mode to-1st-logic-port


RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 461 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk get flood-mode


Description:
This command can get the flood mode for trunk group.

Syntax:
trunk get flood-mode

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get the flood mode.

D E N T I A
RTK.0> trunk get flood-mode

L
C O N F I
Flood Mode: Forward to first port

RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 462 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk set flow-control


Description:
This command can configure the flow control ability for trunk
group. When enabling this ability, Apollo will send pause frame
to the ports which receive packet and forward the packets to
trunk group. This ability is used when users want to change
distribution algorithm of member ports

Syntax:

t e k
trunk set flow-control state < disable | enable >

a l
Re
Parameter:
disable - Disable flow Control
enabled

D E N T I A L
- Enable flow control

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to configure the flow control to enabled.

g y , I n c
RTK.0> trunk set flow-control state enable

c h n o l o
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 463 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk get flow-control


Description:
This command can get the flow control ability for trunk group.

Syntax:
trunk get flow-control

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get the flow control ability.

D E N T I A L
RTK.0> trunk get flow-control

C O N F I
Trunk Flow Control: Enable

RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 464 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk set hash-mapping


Description:
This command can configure the mapping table of hash value and
port ID in trunk group.

Syntax:
trunk set hash-mapping hash-value < value | all > port port

Parameter:
value
all

a l t e k
- Specify the hash value (0 ~ 15)
- Specify all hash value

Re
port - The port ID in trunk group

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to configure the 16 hash values to 4 trunk

D
C O N F I
ports.

RTK.0> trunk set hash-mapping hash-value 0 port 0


RTK.0>

c
trunk

h n o l
set

o g y , I n c
hash-mapping hash-value 1 port 0

e
RTK.0> trunk set hash-mapping hash-value 2 port 0

for L o s o T
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
trunk
trunk
trunk
set
set
set
hash-mapping
hash-mapping
hash-mapping
hash-value
hash-value
hash-value
3 port 0
4 port 1
5 port 1
RTK.0> trunk set hash-mapping hash-value 6 port 1
RTK.0> trunk set hash-mapping hash-value 7 port 1
RTK.0> trunk set hash-mapping hash-value 8 port 2
RTK.0> trunk set hash-mapping hash-value 9 port 2
RTK.0> trunk set hash-mapping hash-value 10 port 2
RTK.0> trunk set hash-mapping hash-value 11 port 2
RTK.0> trunk set hash-mapping hash-value 12 port 3
RTK.0> trunk set hash-mapping hash-value 13 port 3
RTK.0> trunk set hash-mapping hash-value 14 port 3
RTK.0> trunk set hash-mapping hash-value 15 port 3
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 465 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk get hash-mapping


Description:
This command can get the mapping table of hash value and port
ID in trunk group.

Syntax:
trunk get hash-mapping hash-value all
trunk get hash-mapping hash-value value

Parameter:
all

a l t e k
- Specify all hash value

Re
value - specify the hash value (0 ~ 15)

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get all hash value in mapping table.

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> trunk get hash-mapping hash-value all

Hash Value

c h n o g y , I n c
0 to Port 0 in trunk group

l o
e
Hash Value 1 to Port 0 in trunk group

for L o s o T
Hash
Hash
Hash
Value
Value
Value
2 to Port 0 in trunk group
3 to Port 0 in trunk group
4 to Port 1 in trunk group
Hash Value 5 to Port 1 in trunk group
Hash Value 6 to Port 1 in trunk group
Hash Value 7 to Port 1 in trunk group
Hash Value 8 to Port 2 in trunk group
Hash Value 9 to Port 2 in trunk group
Hash Value 10 to Port 2 in trunk group
Hash Value 11 to Port 2 in trunk group
Hash Value 12 to Port 3 in trunk group
Hash Value 13 to Port 3 in trunk group
Hash Value 14 to Port 3 in trunk group
Hash Value 15 to Port 3 in trunk group

RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 466 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk set member-port


Description:
This command can configure the member ports of trunk group.

Syntax:
trunk set member-port < PORT_LIST:ports | none >

Parameter:
ports - Trunk port mask (0-1, 4-5)
none

a l t e k
- Specify no ports in trunk

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to configure a trunk group with member
ports 0-1.

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> trunk set member-port 0-1
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 467 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk get member-port


Description:
This command can get the member ports of trunk group.

Syntax:
trunk get member-port
Parameter:
None

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to get a trunk group member ports

Re RTK.0> trunk get member-port

E N T
Trunk portmask: 0-1

D I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 468 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk set mode


Description:
This command can configure the mode of trunk group.
Dumb mode: The destination port choosen is based on system hash
value mapping table.
Normal mode: The destination port choosen is based on customer
hash value mapping table.

Syntax:

t e k
trunk set mode < dumb | normal >

a l
Re
Parameter:
dumb - Dumb mode
normal

D E N T I A L
- Normal mode

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to configure a trunk mode as “normal
mode”.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> trunk set mode normal

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 469 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk get mode


Description:
This command can get the mode of trunk group.

Syntax:
trunk get mode

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get trunk mode.

RTK.0> trunk get mode

E N T I
Trunk Mode: Normal mode

D A L
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 470 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk get queue-empty


Description:
This command can get the port mask wich all queues are empty.

Syntax:
trunk get queue-empty

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get queue empty mask.

D E N T I A
RTK.0> trunk get queue-empty

L
C O N F I
Queue Empty Port Mask: none

RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 471 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.21. Auto Fallback commands

auto-fallback set port


Description:
This command can configure the state of auto fallback per port
basis.

Syntax:

a l t e k
Re
auto-fallback set port PORT_LIST:ports state < disable | enable
>

Parameter:

D E N T I A L
I
ports - Specify a port list

C O N F
disable
enable
- Disable Auto fallback
- Enable Auto fallback

Examples:

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e
This example shows how to enable auto fallback at port 0 & 1.

RTK.0> auto-fallback set port 0-1 state enable


RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 472 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback get port

Description:
This command can get the state / status / counter of auto fallback
per port basis .

Syntax:
auto-fallback get port PORT_LIST:ports state

t e k
auto-fallback get port PORT_LIST:ports error-counter

a l
Re
auto-fallback get port PORT_LIST:ports monitor-counter

D E N T I A L
auto-fallback get port PORT_LIST:ports restore

C O N F I
auto-fallback get port PORT_LIST:ports valid-flow

Parameter:
ports

c h n o l o g
-

y , I n c
Specify a port list

e
state - state of auto fallback

for L o s o T
error-counter
monitor-counter
restore
-
-
-
Error packet counter
Monitor packet counter
the state of restore power level
valid-flow - the state of valid flow

Examples:
This example shows how to get auto fallback information at port
0 & 1.

RTK.0> auto-fallback get port 0-1 state

Port 0 Auto Fallback State: Enable


Port 1 Auto Fallback State: Enable

RTK.0> auto-fallback get port 0-1 error-counter

Port 0 Error counter: 0


Port 1 Error counter: 0

SFU Product Page 473 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> auto-fallback get port 0-1 monitor-counter

Port 0 Monitort counter: 0


Port 1 Monitort counter: 0

RTK.0> auto-fallback get port 0-1 restore

Port 0 Restore Power Level: Not Restore Power Level


Port 1 Restore Power Level: Not Restore Power Level

a l t e k
RTK.0> auto-fallback get port 0-1 valid-flow

Re Port 0 Valid Flow state: None Valid Flow

D E N T I A L
Port 1 Valid Flow state: None Valid Flow

C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 474 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback set error-count

Description:
This command can configure the error count threshold of auto
fallback..

Syntax:
auto-fallback set error-count < 1 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 |
128 >

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
1 - Specify the error count threshold to 1
2 - Specify the error count threshold to 2
4
8

D E N T-
I A L
- Specify the error count threshold to 4
Specify the error count threshold to 8

C O N
16
32
64
F I -
-
-
Specify
Specify
Specify
the
the
the
error
error
error
count threshold to 16
count threshold to 32
count threshold to 64
128

c h n o l o
-

g y , I n
Specify
c the error count threshold to 128

for L o s o T
Examples:
e
This example shows how to configure the error count threshold
as 8

RTK.0> auto-fallback set error-count 8


RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 475 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback get error-count

Description:
This command can get the error count threshold of auto fallback..

Syntax:
auto-fallback set error-count

Parameter:
None.

a l t e k
Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get the error count threshold.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> auto-fallback get error-count

D
C O N F I
Max Error Count: 8 packets

RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 476 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback set monitor-count

Description:
This command can configure the monitor count threshold of auto
fallback.

Syntax:
auto-fallback set monitor-count < 8K | 16K | 32K | 64K | 128K
| 256K | 512K | 1M >

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
8K - Specify the monitor count threshold to 8K
16K - Specify the monitor count threshold to 16K
32K
64K

D E N T I A L
- Specify the monitor count threshold to 32K
- Specify the monitor count threshold to 64K

C O N F
128K

256K
I - Specify the monitor count threshold to
128K
- Specify the monitor count threshold to

c h n o l o g y
256K

, I n c
e
512K - Specify the monitor count threshold to

for L o s
1Mo T 512K
- Specify the monitor count threshold to 1M

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the monitor count threshold
as 8K

RTK.0> auto-fallback set monitor-count 8K


RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 477 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback get monitor-count

Description:
This command can get the monitor count threshold of auto
fallback.

Syntax:
auto-fallback set monitor-count < 8K | 16K | 32K | 64K | 128K
| 256K | 512K | 1M >

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
None.

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to get the monitor count threshold.

D
C O N F I
RTK.0> auto-fallback get monitor-count

g y , I n
Max Monitor Count: 8K packets

c h n o l o c
for L o s o T
RTK.0>
e

SFU Product Page 478 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback set ignore-timeout

Description:
This command can configure the ignore timeout ability of auto
fallback. When enabling this ability, TCP timeout event will not
be treated as an error.

Syntax:
auto-fallback set ignore-timeout < disable | enable >

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
disable - enable ignore timeout ability
enable - disable ignore timeout ability

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to configure the ignore timeout ability
as enabled

g y , I n c
RTK.0> auto-fallback set ignore-timeout enable

c h n o l o
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 479 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback get ignore-timeout

Description:
This command can get the ignore timeout ability of auto fallback.

Syntax:
auto-fallback get ignore-timeout

Parameter:
None.

a l t e k
Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get the ignore timeout ability as
enabled

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> auto-fallback get ignore-timeout

Ignore Timeout State: Enable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 480 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback set reduce-power-level

Description:
This command can configure the ability of reducing power level
when the error event is great than error count threshold.

Syntax:
auto-fallback set reduce-power-level < disable | enable >

Parameter:

a
disable
l t e k
- enable reduce power level ability

Re
enable - disable reduce power level ability

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to configure the reduce power level

D
C O N F I
ability as enabled

RTK.0> auto-fallback set reduce-power-level enable


RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 481 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback get reduce-power-level

Description:
This command can get the ability of reducing power level.

Syntax:
auto-fallback get reduce-power-level

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get the reduce power level ability as
enabled

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> auto-fallback get reduce-power-level

Reduce Power Level State: Enable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 482 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback set timer

Description:
This command can configure the state of timer and its value.

Syntax:
auto-fallback set timer state < disable | enable >

auto-fallback set timer timer

a
Parameter:
l t e k
Re
disable - disable timer
enable - enable timer
timer

D E N T I A L
- the value of timer

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to configure the timer as enabled and its
value as 1000

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> auto-fallback set timer 1000

for L o s o T
RTK.0> auto-fallback set timer state en
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 483 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback get timer

Description:
This command can get the state of timer and its value.

Syntax:
auto-fallback get timer state
auto-fallback get timer

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re Examples:

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to get the state of timer its value.

C O N F I
RTK.0> auto-fallback get timer state

Timer State: Enable

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> auto-fallback get timer

for L o s o T
Timeout threshold: 4ms

RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 484 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.22. OAM commands

oam init
Description:
This command can reset & initialize OAM module. The oam module
used to control received oam packet behavior.

k
Syntax:
oam init

a l t e
Re Parameter:
None

D E N T I A L
I
Examples:

C O N F
This example shows how to initialize OAM module.

n c
RTK.0> oam init
RTK.0>

T e c h n o l o g y , I
for L o s o

SFU Product Page 485 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

oam set state


Description:
This command can enable or disable oam function. Enable oam
function will trap oam packet to CPU.
Syntax:
oam set state <disable | enable>

Parameter:
disable - disable configuration
enable

a l t e k
- enable configuration

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to enable oam function.

RTK.0>

D E N T I A
RTK.0> oam set state enable

L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 486 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

oam get state


Description:
This command can get the oam status.
Syntax:
oam get state

Parameter:
None

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to get oam state.

Re
RTK.0> oam get state
OAM State is Enable

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 487 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

oam set multiplexer


Description:
This command used to set oam transmitting multiplexing function.
Syntax:
oam set multiplexer port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> action <forwad
| discard | from-cpu-only>

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all

a
forward
l t e–
- k
specify all ports
forward non-oam packet

Re
discard - discard non-oam packet
from-cpu-only - accept packet from cpu port only

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to set port 0 oam multiplexer action to
forward.
RTK.0> oam set multiplexer port 0 action forward
0

c h
Forward

n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 488 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

oam get multiplexer


Description:
This command can get per port oam multiplexer action.
Syntax:
oam get multiplexer port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all – specify all ports

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get port 0 oam multiplexer action.

RTK.0> oam
Port

D E N T I A L
get multiplexer port 0
Multiplexer Action

C O N
0

F I
RTK.0>
Forward

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 489 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

oam set parser


Description:
This command can set oam parser action.
Syntax:
oam set parser port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> action <forwad |
loopback | discard>

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all

a
forward
l t e

- k
specify all ports
forward non-OAMPDUs

Re
lookback - loopback non-OAMPDUs
- drop CRC and receiving FAILED packets

discard

D E N
-

T I A L
trap OAMPDUs to CPU
- discard non-OAMPDUs

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to set port 0 oam parser acxion to
lookback.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> oam set parser port 0 action loopback

for L o s o T
Set OAM Parser
Port Parser Action
-----------------------------
0 Loop Back
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 490 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

oam get parser


Description:
This command can per port get oam parser action.
Syntax:
oam get parser port <PORT_LIST:ports | all>

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all – specify all ports

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get oam parser action for port 0.
RTK.0> oam get parser port 0
Get OAM Parser
Port

D E N T I A
Parser Action
L
C O N 0
F I
-----------------------------

RTK.0>
Forward

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 491 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

oam set trap-priority


Description:
Configure priority for packets trapped to cpu for related oam
functions

Syntax:
oam set trap-priority priority

Parameter:
priority

a l t e k
- priority for trapping packets

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to configurate oam trap priority to 7.

D E N T I A L
RTK.0> oam set trap-priority 7

C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 492 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

oam get trap-priority


Description:
Retriving priority for packets trapped to cpu for related oam
function

Syntax:
oam get trap-priority

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get oam trap priority.

E N T I
OAM Trap Priority is 7

D A
RTK.0> oam get trap-priority

L
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 493 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.23. Loop commands

rldp init
Description:
This command can reset & initialize RLDP module.
Syntax:

k
rldp init

a l t e
Re
Parameter:
None

Examples:

D E N T I A L
I
This example shows how to initialize RLDP module.

C O N F
RTK.0> rldp init

n c
RTK.0>

T e c h n o l o g y , I
for L o s o

SFU Product Page 494 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set state


Description:
These commands configure the enable/disable RLDP function of the
entire chip and each port. Chip level state configuration has
higher precedence then per port state control.
Syntax:
rldp set state <disable | enable>
rldp set port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state <disable | enable>

Parameter:

a
disable
l t e- k
disable configuration

Re
enable - enable configuration
ports - specified port list
all

D E N T

I A L
specify all ports

C O N F I
Examples:
This example shows how to enable the chip and port 1-3’s RLDP
function.

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> rldp set state enable

for L o s o T
RLDP: Disable -> Enable
RTK.0> rldp set port 1-3 state enable
Set RLDP port state
Port state
---- ------------------
1 Disable -> Enable
2 Disable -> Enable
3 Disable -> Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 495 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get state


Description:
These commands get the chip and port RLDP enable/disable
configuration.
Syntax:
rldp get state
rldp get port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> state

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e k
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Re Examples:

E N
configuraitons.

D T I A L
This example shows how to get chip level and port 0-3’s RLDP

C O N F I
RTK.0> rldp get state
RLDP Enable
RTK.0> rldp get port 0-3 state
Get RLDP port state

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
Port state

for L o s o T
---- --------
0
1
Disable
Enable
2 Enable
3 Enable

SFU Product Page 496 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get status


Description:
This command gets the currently loop status of each port. It
display if the port is currently in looping status and if each
port ever entering/leaving looping status.
Syntax:
rldp get port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> status

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e k
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Re Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to display port 1 and port 3s’ RLDP status.
RTK.0> rldp get port 1,3 status

D
C O N F I
Get RLDP port looped state
Port looping enter leave
---- ------- ----- -----
1

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
3

for L o s o T
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 497 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp clear status


Description:
This command clears the entering/leaving status of specified
port.
Syntax:
rldp clear port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> status <entering |
leaving>

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e-
– k
specified port list
specify all ports

Re
entering - enter looping status
leaving - leave looping status

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to clear port 0, 3s’ entering status and
port 1, 2s’ leaving status.

c h n o l o g
RTK.0> rldp clear port

y , I n c
0,3 status entering

e
Clear RLDP port looped state

for L o s o T
Port enter leave
---- ----- -----
0 V
3 V
RTK.0>
RTK.0> rldp clear port 1,2 status leaving
Clear RLDP port looped state
Port enter leave
---- ----- -----
1 V
2 V
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 498 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set magic


Description:
This command sets the magic of outgoing RLDP frames.
Syntax:
rldp set magic mac

Parameter:
mac - mac address

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to configure the magic of RLDP.

Re
RTK.0> rldp set magic 01:02:03:04:05:06
RLDP Magic: 00:00:00:00:00:00 -> 01:02:03:04:05:06
RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 499 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get magic


Description:
This command gets the magic used by RLDP.
Syntax:
rldp get magic

Parameter:
None

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to get magic of RLDP.

Re
RTK.0> rldp get magic
RLDP Magic: 01:02:03:04:05:06
RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 500 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get identifier


Description:
This command gets the current identifier used by RLDP which is
generated by random number generator.
Syntax:
rldp get identifier

Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get identifier of RLDP.
RTK.0> rldp get identifier

RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
RLDP Identifier: 5A:E7:BD:3C:81:96

C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 501 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set compare-typ


Description:
This command configures the RLDP compare type to either compare
both identifier and magic or magic only.
Syntax:
rldp set compare-typ <magic-and-identifier | magic-only>

Parameter:
magic-and-identif - checking both magic and identifier
ier

a
magic-only
l t e k
- checking magic only

Re Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to configure RLDP to compare magic only.
RTK.0> rldp set compare-type magic-only

D
C O N F I
RLDP Compare Type: Magic Number + Identifier -> Magic Number
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 502 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get compare-typ


Description:
This command gets the current compare type used by RLDP.
Syntax:
rldp get compare-typ

Parameter:
None

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to get compare type of RLDP.

Re
TK.0> rldp get compare-type
RLDP Compare Type: Magic Number
RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 503 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set period


Description:
This command set the check/loop state period of RLDP.
Syntax:
rldp set <check | loop> period time

Parameter:
check - checking state
loop - looping state
time

a l t e k
- time to send packets, unit 1 ms

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to configure RLDP’s check and loop state
period.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> rldp set check period 5000

D
C O N F I
RLDP check period: 2000 ms -> 5000 ms
RTK.0>
RTK.0> rldp set loop period 5000

g y , I n c
RLDP loop period: 2000 ms -> 5000 ms

c h n o l o
e
RTK.0>

for L o s o T

SFU Product Page 504 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get period


Description:
This command gets the check/loop state period of RLDP.
Syntax:
rldp get <check | loop> period

Parameter:
check - checking state
loop - looping state

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get RLDP’s check/loop state period.
RTK.0> rldp get check period

E N T I A
RLDP check period: 5000 ms
RTK.0> rldp get loop period

D L
C O N F I
RLDP loop period: 5000 ms
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 505 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set number


Description:
This command sets the check/loop state of RLDP frame send count.
Syntax:
rldp set <check | loop> number count

Parameter:
check - checking state
loop - looping state
count

a l t e k
- number of sending packets

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to configure RLDP’s check and loop state
frame send count.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> rldp set check number 5

D
C O N F I
RLDP check number count: 4 -> 5
RTK.0> rldp set loop number 3
RLDP loop number count: 4 -> 3
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 506 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get number


Description:
This command gets the check/loop state of RLDP send count.
Syntax:
rldp get <check | loop> number

Parameter:
check - checking state
loop - looping state

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how to get send count of RLDP check and loop
state.

E N T I A
RTK.0> rldp get check number
RLDP check number count: 5

D L
C O N F I
RTK.0> rldp get loop number
RLDP loop number count: 3
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 507 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set control-state


Description:
This command set the force looping state of each port to indicate
that the ports has entering loop state.
Syntax:
rldp set port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> control-state <looping |
non-looping>

Parameter:
ports
all

a l t e-
– k
specified port list
specify all ports

Re
looping - looping state
non-looping - non-looping state

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example shows how to configure port 0-2 enter loop state
and leave.
RTK.0> rldp set port 0-2 control-state looping
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
RTK.0> rldp get port 0-3 status

for L o s o T
Get RLDP port looped state
Port looping enter leave
---- ------- ----- -----
0 V V
1 V V
2 V V
3
RTK.0> rldp set port 1,2 control-state none-looping
RTK.0>
RTK.0> rldp get port 0-3 status
Get RLDP port looped state
Port looping enter leave
---- ------- ----- -----
0 V V
1 V
2 V
3
RTK.0>

SFU Product Page 508 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get control-state


Description:
This command gets the force looping state of RLDP.
Syntax:
rldp get port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> control-state

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all – specify all ports

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example shows how get port 0-4s’ the force looping state
of RLDP.

E N T I
RLDP port control-state

D A L
RTK.0> rldp get port 0-4 control-state

C O N F I
Port state
---- ------------
0: Looping
1: None-looping

c h n o l o g y , I n c
e
2: None-looping

for L o s o T
3: None-looping
4: None-looping

SFU Product Page 509 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get looped-port-id


Description:
This command get the port ID detected by RLDP which is looped
with specified port.
Syntax:
rldp get port <PORT_LIST:ports | all> looped-port-id

Parameter:
ports - specified port list
all

a l t e k
– specify all ports

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to get the looped port id of the specified
port.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> rldp get port 0-4 looped-port-id

D
C O N F I
Get RLDP port looped port id
Port looped port
---- -----------
0

c h n o
0

l o g y , I n c
e
1 0

for L o s
2
3
4
o T 0
0
0

SFU Product Page 510 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set re-generate-identifier


Description:
This command regenerates the identifier used by RLDP.
Syntax:
rldp set re-generate-identifier

Parameter:
None

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to regenerate the identifier of RLDP.

Re
RTK.0> rldp get identifier
RLDP Identifier: AD:86:E0:14:AE:5B

E N T I A
RTK.0> rldp get identifier

D L
RTK.0> rldp set re-generate-identifier

C O N F I
RLDP Identifier: 72:74:33:30:4B:0D
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 511 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set handle


Description:
This command configures that RLDP frame should processed by chip
or software.
Syntax:
rldp set handle <hardware | software>

Parameter:
hardware - detect by hardware
software

a l t e k
- detect by software

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to configure the RLDP should processed
by chip hardware.

E N T I A L
RTK.0> rldp set handle hardware

D
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 512 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get handle


Description:
This command gets the current RDLP handler.
Syntax:
rldp get handle

Parameter:
None

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how get the current RLDP handler.

Re
RTK.0> rldp set handle hardware
RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 513 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set mode


Description:
This command configures the RLDP detection mode to either
sa-moving or periodic mode.
Syntax:
rldp set mode <sa-moving | periodic>

Parameter:
sa-movin - detect by host port moving
periodic

a l t e k
- detect periodicly

Re
Examples:
This example shows how to configure the RLDP to periodic mode.

RTK.0>

D E N T I A
RTK.0> rldp set mode periodic

L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 514 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get mode


Description:
This command gets the current RLDP detection mode.
Syntax:
rldp get mode

Parameter:
None

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to get the current RLDP detection mode.

Re
RTK.0> rldp get mode
RLDP Mode: Peroidical

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 515 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set bypass-flow-control


Description:
This command configures if RLDP affects by flow control
mechanism.
Syntax:
rldp set bypass-flow-control state <disable | enable>

Parameter:
state - state configuration
disable

a
enable
l t e k
- disable configuration
- enable configuration

Re Examples:

mechanism.

D E N T I A L
This example shows how to configure RLDP to bypass flow control

C O N F I
RTK.0> rldp set bypass-flow-control state enable
RLDP Bypass: Disable ->Enable
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 516 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get bypass-flow-control


Description:
This command gets the current state of RLDP bypass flowcontrol.
Syntax:
rldp get bypass-flow-control state

Parameter:
state - state configuration

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to get the current bypass flowcontrol

Re
state of RLDP.
RTK.0> rldp get bypass-flow-control
RLDP Bypass: Enable
RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 517 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rlpp set trap


Description:
This command configure if the RLPP packet is trapped to CPU or
not.
Syntax:
rldp set trap state <disable | enable>

Parameter:
state - state configuration
disable

a
enable
l t e k
- disable configuration
- enable configuration

Re Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how set RLPP packet to no trapped to CPU.
RTK.0> rlpp set trap state disable

D
C O N F I
RTK.0>

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 518 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rlpp get trap


Description:
This command gets current RLPP trap state.
Syntax:
rlpp get trap state

Parameter:
state - state configuration

Examples:

a l t e k
This example shows how to get the trap state of RLPP.

Re
RTK.0> rlpp get trap
RLPP Trap to CPU: Disable
RTK.0>

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 519 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Interrupt commands
interrupt init
Description:
This command can reset interrupt mask and clear interrupt status.

Syntax:
interrupt init

Parameter:
None

a l t e k
Re
Examples:
This example shows how intitalize interrupt.

E N T
RTK.0> interrupt init

D I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 520 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

interrupt set mask


Description:
This command can turn on/off the interrupt mask.

Syntax:
interrupt set mask < all | link-change | meter-exceed |
learn-over | speed-change | special-congestion | loop-detection
| cable-diag | acl | gphy | serdes | gpon | epon | ptp | dying-gasp
| thermal | adc > state < disable | enable >
Parameter:
all

a l t e k
- select all interrupt mask bit

Re
link-change - mask for link change interrupt
meter-exceed - mask for meter exceed interrupt
learn-over

E
speed-change

D N T I-
A L
- mask for L2 table learn over interrupt
mask for port speed change interrupt

C O N F I
special-congestion
loop-detection
cable-diag
-
-
-
mask for special congestion interrupt
mask for loop dection interrupt
mask for cable diagnostic interrupt
acl

c h n o l o g y
-

, I n c
mask for acl interrupt

e
gphy - mask for GPHY interrupt

for L o s o T
serdes
gpon
epon
-
-
-
mask for Serdes interrupt
mask for GPON interrupt
mask for EPON interrupt
ptp - mask for PTP interrupt
dying-gasp - mask for DyingGasp interrupt
thermal - mask for Thermal exceed interrupt
adc - mask for ADC interrupt
disable - disable the interrupt mask
enable - enable the interrupt mask

Examples:
This example show how to turn on GPON interrupt mask.

RTK.0> interrupt set mask gpon state enable

SFU Product Page 521 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

interrupt get mask


Description:
This command can turn on/off the interrupt mask.

Syntax:
interrupt get mask < all | link-change | meter-exceed |
learn-over | speed-change | special-congestion | loop-detection
| cable-diag | acl | gphy | serdes | gpon | epon | ptp | dying-gasp
| thermal | adc > state
Parameter:
all

a l t e k
- select all interrupt mask bit

Re
link-change - mask for link change interrupt
meter-exceed - mask for meter exceed interrupt
learn-over

E
speed-change

D N T I-
A L
- mask for L2 table learn over interrupt
mask for port speed change interrupt

C O N F I
special-congestion
loop-detection
cable-diag
-
-
-
mask
mask
mask
for
for
for
special congestion interrupt
loop dection interrupt
cable diagnostic interrupt
acl

c h n o l o g y
-

, I n
mask
c for acl interrupt

e
gphy - mask for GPHY interrupt

for L o s o
gpon
epon
T
serdes -
-
-
mask
mask
mask
for
for
for
Serdes interrupt
GPON interrupt
EPON interrupt
ptp - mask for PTP interrupt
dying-gasp - mask for DyingGasp interrupt
thermal - mask for Thermal exceed interrupt
adc - mask for ADC interrupt

Examples:
This example show how to display GPON interrupt mask.

RTK.0> interrupt get mask gpon state


IMR: Enable

SFU Product Page 522 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

interrupt get status


Description:
This command get the interrupt status.

Syntax:
interrupt get status < all | link-change | meter-exceed |
learn-over | speed-change | special-congestion | loop-detection
| cable-diag | acl | gphy | serdes | gpon | epon | ptp | dying-gasp
| thermal | adc >
Parameter:
all

a l t e k
- select all interrupt mask bit

Re
link-change - status for link change interrupt
meter-exceed - status for meter exceed interrupt
learn-over

E
speed-change

D N T I-
A L
- status for L2 table learn over interrupt
status for port speed change interrupt

C O N F I
special-congestion
loop-detection
cable-diag
-
-
-
status
status
status
for special congestion interrupt
for loop dection interrupt
for cable diagnostic interrupt
acl

c h n o l o g y
-

, I n c
status for acl interrupt

e
gphy - status for GPHY interrupt

for L o s o T
serdes
gpon
epon
-
-
-
status
status
status
for Serdes interrupt
for GPON interrupt
for EPON interrupt
ptp - status for PTP interrupt
dying-gasp - status for DyingGasp interrupt
thermal - status for Thermal exceed interrupt
adc - status for ADC interrupt

Examples:
This example show how to display GPON interrupt status.

RTK.0> interrupt get status gpon


IMS: Disable

SFU Product Page 523 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

interrupt clear status


Description:
This command clear the interrupt status.

Syntax:
interrupt clear status < all | link-change | meter-exceed |
learn-over | speed-change | special-congestion | loop-detection
| cable-diag | acl | gphy | serdes | gpon | epon | ptp | dying-gasp
| thermal | adc >
Parameter:
all

a l t e k
- select all interrupt mask bit

Re
link-change - status for link change interrupt
meter-exceed - status for meter exceed interrupt
learn-over

E
speed-change

D N T I-
A L
- status for L2 table learn over interrupt
status for port speed change interrupt

C O N F I
special-congestion
loop-detection
cable-diag
-
-
-
status
status
status
for special congestion interrupt
for loop dection interrupt
for cable diagnostic interrupt
acl

c h n o l o g y
-

, I n c
status for acl interrupt

e
gphy - status for GPHY interrupt

for L o s o T
serdes
gpon
epon
-
-
-
status
status
status
for Serdes interrupt
for GPON interrupt
for EPON interrupt
ptp - status for PTP interrupt
dying-gasp - status for DyingGasp interrupt
thermal - status for Thermal exceed interrupt
adc - status for ADC interrupt

Examples:
This example show how to clear GPON interrupt status.

RTK.0> inter clear status gpon

SFU Product Page 524 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

interrupt get status detail


Description:
This command get the specific interrupt status for ports or PHYs.

Syntax:
interrupt get status < speed-change | link-up | link-down | gphy
> detail
Parameter:
speed-change - status for port speed change interrupt
link-up

a
link-down
l t e k
- status for link up interrupt
- status for link down interrupt

Re
gphy - status for GPHY interrupt

Examples:

E N T I A L
This example shows how to display link up interrupt detail

D
C O N F I
status.

RTK.0> interrupt get status link-up detail


Status: 0x00000000

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 525 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

interrupt clear status detail


Description:
This command clear the specific interrupt status for ports or
PHYs.

Syntax:
interrupt clear status < speed-change | link-up | link-down |
gphy > detail
Parameter:
speed-change

a
link-up
l t e k
- status for port speed change interrupt
- status for link up interrupt

Re
link-down - status for link down interrupt
gphy - status for GPHY interrupt

Examples:

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
This example show how to clear all ports link up interrupt
status.

g y , I n c
RTK.0> interrupt clear status link-up detail

c h n o l o
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 526 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

interrupt set polarity


Description:
This command configure the interrupt polarity is high active or
low active while trigged.

Syntax:
interrupt set polarity < high | low >
Parameter:
high - high active
low

a l t e k
- low active

Re
Examples:
This example show how to set the interrupt polarity as high
active.

D E N T I A L
C O N F I
RTK.0> interrupt set polarity high

c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 527 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

interrupt get polarity


Description:
This command get the interrupt polarity is high active or low
active while trigged.

Syntax:
interrupt set polarity
Parameter:
None

a
Examples:
l t e k
Re
This example show how to display the interrupt polarity.

E N
Polarity: High

D T I A L
RTK.0> interrupt get polarity

C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

SFU Product Page 528 / 529 Rev. 0.01


PON Diag Shell
User Guide

a l t e k
Re
D E N T I A L
C O N F I
c h n o l o g y , I n c
for L o s o T e

Realtek Semiconductor Corp.

Headquarters

No. 2, Innovation Road II


Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300, Taiwan
Tel.: +886-3-578-0211. Fax: +886-3-577-6047
www.realtek.com

SFU Product Page 529 / 529 Rev. 0.01

You might also like